Quarterlytics / Industrials / Industrial - Distribution / Pool Corp

Pool Corp

pool · NASDAQ Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker pool
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Industrials
Industry Industrial - Distribution
Employees 5001-10,000
← All annual reports
FY2023 Annual Report · Pool Corp
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
E X P E R I E N C E   T H E   D I F F E R E N C E

VALUE   l   RE T URN   l   O PP ORT UN I T IE S

2023  l   ANN UA L RE P O RT 
T H E   P O O L C O R P   D I F F E R E N C E

2

0

2

3

l

A

N

N

U

A

L

R

E

P

O

R

T

C R E AT I N G   W AV E S   O F   S U C C E S S 

POOL CORPORATION  l  109 Northpark Boulevard, Covington, LA  70433-5001

Phone: 985. 892 . 5521  l  www.poolcorp.com

@poolcorp

428012_AnnualReport_2023_Cover-Spine_17.25x11_JN_0324.indd   1-3

3/9/24   1:14 AM

 
 
 
 
 
OUR NETWORKS AND L OCATIONS 

NORTH A ME RI CA 

EUROPE 

2 

11 

5 

3 

1 

1 

2 

1 

9 

1 

79 

4 

2 

4

30 

1 

4 

59 

3 

6 

10 

3

1 

1 

1 

1

1 

9 

3 

2 

7 

1 

1 

2 

2 

5 

5 

4 

1 

10 

2 

7 

10 

7 

7 

10 

5 

64 

8 

2 

1 

3 

2 

AUSTRALIA 

5 

1 

NE TWORK 

TOTA L  SA LES  C ENTE RS 

SCP ®

SUPERIOR ®

HORIZON ®

NPT ®

TOTAL

252 

74 

92 

21 

439 

1 

3 

1 

1 

1 

1 

TABLE OF 
CONTENTS 

Message to Our Shareholders 

....................................

Financial Highlights 

......................................................

1 

2 

POOL360® 
A Revolution in Tech-Enabled Distribution 

.............

 3 

Employer of Choice 

......................................................

Pool Corporation 2023 Form 10-K 

...........................

 4 

5 

Shareholder Information, 
Company Officers & Directors 

....

Inside Back Cover 

VISION 
STATEMENT 

To be the best worldwide distributor of outdoor lifestyle products 
that include all products relating to swimming pools, irrigation & 
other products that enhance the quality of outdoor home life. 

MISSION 
STATEMENT 

To provide exceptional value to our customers and suppliers, 
creating exceptional return for our shareholders while 
providing exceptional opportunities for our employees.

SSHHHHAARREEHHOLDDDEERR

INNFFOORRRMMATIIOOONN 

CCOOOOMMPAAANNY OFFFFIICCERRSS 

AAANNNDD DDIIRRECTOORRRS

SEC FILINGS / INVESTOR CO NTACT

OFFICERS

Pool Corporation reports filed with or furnished to the 

PETER D. ARVAN (1)

Securities and Exchange Commission are available without 

President and Chief Executive Officer

charge to shareholders upon written request. These 

requests and other investor inquiries should be directed 

to Investor Relations at the company,s corporate 

address below.

SHAREHOLDERS’ MEET ING

The Annual Shareholders, Meeting of Pool Corporation will 

be held on Wednesday, May 1, 2024, at 9:00 a.m., Eastern 

Time. This year,s Annual Meeting will be a virtual meeting 

via live webcast on the Internet. Shareholders of record as 

of March 14, 2024, will be entitled to vote at this meeting. 

STOCK LIST ING

Pool Corporation,s common stock is traded on the Nasdaq 

Global Select Market under the symbol POOL.

COMPANY ADDRESS 

POOL CORPORATION

109 Northpark Boulevard

Covington, LA  70433-5001

Phone: 985.892.5521

www.poolcorp.com

REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT

COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY, N.A.

P.O. Box 43006

Providence, RI 02940-3006

Phone: 877.373.6374

www.computershare.com

Inquiries regarding stock transfers, lost certificates 

or address changes should be directed to 

Computershare at the above address.

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED 

PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

ERNST & YOUNG LLP New Orleans, LA

OUTSIDE SECURITIES CO UNSEL

JONES WALKER LLP New Orleans, LA

(1) Executive Officer

(6) Chair, Nominating and

(2) Chair, Audit Committee

(3) Member, Audit Committee

Corporate Governance Committee

(7) Member, Nominating and 

Corporate Governance Committee

(4) Chair, Compensation Committee

(8) Chair, Strategic Planning Committee

(5) Member, Compensation Committee

(9) Member, Strategic Planning Committee

This annual report contains certain forward-looking statements, as defined by the federal 

securities laws. These forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future results, are 

based on current expectations only and are subject to uncertainties. Actual events and results 

may differ materially from those anticipated by us in those statements due to several factors, 

including those disclosed in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

MELANIE M. HART (1)

Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

CAROLYNE “KENDALL” K. LARGE

Vice President, Marketing

TODD R. MARSHALL

Vice President and Chief Information Officer

ILYA "IKE" K. MIHALY (1)

Vice President, Operations and Supply Chain

KRISTOPHER R. NEFF (1)

Vice President, Strategy and Corporate Development

JENNIFER M. NEIL (1)

Senior Vice President, Secretary and Chief Legal Officer

WALKER F. SAIK (1)

Chief Accounting Officer and Corporate Controller 

Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer

KENNETH G. ST. ROMAIN (1)

Senior Vice President

LUTHER A. WILLEMS

DONNA K. WILLIAMS

Vice President, Product Management

BOARD OF  DIRECTO RS

JOHN E. STOKELY

Chairman of the Board

Retired, Former President, Chief Executive Officer 

and Chairman of Richfood Holdings, Inc.

MANUEL J. PEREZ DE LA MESA

Vice Chairman of the Board 

Retired, Former President and Chief Executive Officer 

of Pool Corporation

PETER D. ARVAN

President and Chief Executive Officer

MARTHA "MARTY" S. GERVASI (4), (9)

Retired, Former Chief Human Resources Officer

of The Hartford Financial Services Group

JAMES "JIM" D. HOPE (2), (7)

Retired, Former Executive Vice President and Chief 

Financial Officer of Performance Food Group Company

DEBRA S. OLER (5), (8)

Retired, Former Senior Vice President/President North 

American Sales and Service of W.W. Grainger, Inc.

CARLOS A. SABATER (3), (7)

Retired, Former Senior Global Partner at Deloitte 

& Touche LLP

ROBERT C. SLEDD (3), (5)

Retired, Chairman of Owens & Minor, Inc.

DAVID G. WHALEN (3), (5), (6), (9)

Retired, Former President and Chief Executive Officer 

of A.T. Cross Company

428012_AnnualReport_2023_Cover-Spine_17.25x11_JN_0324.indd   4-6

3/9/24   1:14 AM

MESSAGE TO OUR SHAREHOLDERS 

DEAR FELLOW SHAREH OLDER S, 

As we  close  out  2023, we  look  back  on  a year  of  successful 
execution and innovation, having achieved our second highest 
annual sales in company history.  Our net sales of $5.5 billion, 
while less than our 2022 record sales, were 73% higher than 
2019  and  reflected  a  compound  annual  growth  rate  (CAGR) 
of 15% since that time.  Throughout the year, our top line was 
pressured  by  unfavorable  economic  and  industry  conditions, 
including  elevated  inflation  and  consumer  interest  rates 
that  dampened  new  pool  construction  activities  and  pool 
discretionary  spending;  however,  maintenance  activity,  the 
largest portion of our business, continued to remain on solid 
ground.    More  importantly,  operating  income  was  up  119% 
over 2019, a 22% CAGR over the four-year period, contributing 
to a stepped-up operating margin, demonstrating the benefits 
of  our  scale,  capacity  creation  efforts  and  customer-focused 
operations.  Diluted earnings per share of $13.35 reset the bar 
from last year,s record of $18.70 but has grown at a CAGR of 
20% since 2019.  Strong earnings, complemented by inventory 
reductions  of  over  $230  million  in  2023  as we  sold  through 
goods  strategically  purchased  to  manage  our  supply  chain  in 
prior years, generated a record $888 million in operating cash 
flow.  Our record cash flows allowed us to return $474 million 
of  cash  to  our  shareholders,  including  $168  million  through 
quarterly dividends, 11% higher than 2022, and $306 million 
through  share  repurchases.    The  investment  markets  clearly 
recognized  the  strength  of  our  performance  and  our  future 
growth  opportunity  as  our  stock  price  rose  more  than  30% 
during the year and has realized over 17% in compound annual 
growth over the past four years. 

From  our  view,  2023  served  as  a  transition  period  as  our 
industry  and  the  general  economic  environment  adjusted 
following the extraordinary dynamics of the prior three years.  
Confident in the long-term opportunities of the outdoor living 
industry, we  continued  accelerating  investments  in  our  sales 
center  network,  our  franchised  retail  store  footprint  and, 
most  importantly,  our  people,  ensuring  we  are  positioned 
to  capitalize  on  the  growth  opportunities  that  lie  ahead.  
We  added  19  locations  to  our  industry-leading  sales  center 
network,  14  through  greenfield  development  and  five  by 
acquisition,  bringing  our  total  sales  centers  to  439  at  year 
end, substantially larger than our nearest competitor.  We also 
added 15 new locations to our Pinch A Penny franchised store 
network, more than twice the number added in 2022, bringing 
our  total  to  284  franchised  stores.    Further,  we  developed 
additional distribution capacity in Texas to support accelerated 
franchised store expansion throughout U.S. Sunbelt markets.  In 
the face of challenging economic circumstances, we continued 
investing  in  our  people  by  emphasizing  expanded  training 
programs, competitive compensation recognition and internal 
promotion  opportunities,  reconfirming  our  commitment  to 
being an Employer of Choice.  We are confident we have the 
best prepared, most highly skilled team in our industry to meet 
the opportunities and challenges in 2024 and beyond. 

A  key  part  of  our  growth  strategy  also  includes  investing  in 
technology  that  allows  us  to  better  serve  our  customers, 
help  them  grow  their  businesses  and  lead  them  directly  to 
our  industry-leading  product  offerings.    We  believe  that 
our  pioneering  investments  in  digital  transformation  and 
technology help us provide best-in-class service by improving 
the customer experience and enhancing our existing customer 
relationships,  which  ultimately  expands  our  customer  base.  
With this renewed innovative approach to our customer-facing 
solutions,  we  are  excited  about  the  transformation  of  our 
Pool360  digital  platform  from  a  B2B  tool  to  a  complete 
customer-facing  digital  ecosystem.    Over  the  last  two years, 
we  have  upgraded  and  enhanced  our  Pool360  ordering 
platform,  and  expanded  our  offerings,  building  on  our  next 
generation  of  Pool360  applications  with  the  introduction  of 
Pool360 WaterTest  and  Pool360  PoolService.   We  recognize 
the  importance  of  creating  shareholder  value  through  the 
pursuit of initiatives that present opportunities for long-term 
earnings and cash flow growth and are working to introduce 
further  enhancements  to  this  state-of-the-art  customer 
service platform over the next several years. 

Looking ahead, we believe it is helpful to reflect and focus on 
the  inherent  strengths  of  our  industry.    Over  the  course  of 
the last five decades, our industry has experienced consistent 
expansion as the installed base of swimming pools has grown, 
year after year.  Each of the approximately 5.4 million inground 
pools,  along  with  millions  of  above  ground  pools  and  hot 
tubs,  all require ongoing regular maintenance and occasional 
renovation and upgrading over time.  As consumers adjust to 
recent  inflation  effects  and  borrowing  rates  are  expected  to 
decline, we expect to see outdoor living construction activities 
recover and, as we have seen in the past, grow as homeowners 
invest in enhanced outdoor living spaces.  As this anticipated 
resurgence occurs, we are well positioned to serve the needs 
of  this  growing  market  with  a  broad  product  offering,  our 
powerful  sales  center  network,  industry-leading  customer 
service tools and the most talented workforce in the industry.  
Our substantial capital strength, coupled with our long history 
of operating efficiency and unrivaled execution, gives us great 
confidence  that  we  will  continue  to  achieve  strong  financial 
performance,  providing  an  excellent  investment  opportunity 
for years to come. 

We could not accomplish all that we have without the enduring 
support  from  our  shareholders.    We  have  enjoyed  great 
success  together  in  the  past  and  look  forward  to  continuing 
to create exceptional value for you, our customers, suppliers 
and employees. 

PETER D. ARVAN 
President and  
Chief Executive Officer 

JOHN E. STOKELY 
Chairman of the Board of Directors 
and Lead Independent Director

–1––11–

428012_AnnualReport_2023_Narrative_8.5x11_JN_0324_R1.indd   1

3/18/24   6:03 PM

FINANCIAL HIGHL IGHTS 

NET SALES  (in millions) 

GROSS PROFIT  (in millions) 

3,936.6 

2,788.2 

2,998.1 

3,199.5 

2,246.6 

2,363.1 

2,570.8 

10% CAGR 2013-2023 

6,179.7 

5,295.6 

5,541.6 

$2,200 

$2,000 

$1,800 

$1,600 

$1,400 

$1,200 

$1,000 

$800 

$600 

$400 

$200 

11% CAGR 2013-2023 

1,933.4 

1,617.1

1,660.0 

643.3 

675.6 

741.1 

805.3 

1,130.9 

870.2 

924.9 

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020 

2021  2022  2023

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020 

2021

2022

2023

OPERATING INCOME  (in millions) 

NET INCOME  (in millions) 

16% CAGR 2013-2023 

1,025.8 

832.8 

746.6 

$800 

$700 

$600 

$500 

$400 

$300 

$200 

$100 

366.7 

234.5

261.6 

110.7

128.3 

191.6 

149.0 

18% CAGR 2013-2023 

748.5 

650.6 

523.2 

255.9 

284.4

313.9 

341.2 

188.9

216.2 

464.0 

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020 

2021

2022

2023

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020 

2021  2022  2023

DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE 

RETURN ON EQUITY 

21% CAGR 2013-2023 

18.70 

15.97 

13.35 

120% 

100% 

80% 

60% 

40% 

20% 

105.0% 

89.5% 

82.5% 

76.1% 

69.9% 

64.9% 

41.1% 

64.6% 

51.3% 

41.7% 

8.97 

5.62 

6.40 

2.44 

2.90

4.51 

3.47 

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020 

2021  2022  2023

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020 

2021  2022  2023

CUMULATIVE NET INCOME AND CASH 
FLOW FROM OPERATIONS  (in millions) 

SOURCES OF CASH 
Since company inception  (in millions) 

USES OF CASH 
Since company inception  (in millions) 

Proceeds 
from Debt  
$973.5 
(17%) 

Stock 
Issuance 
$376.1  (7%) 

Capital 
Expenditures
  $496.3 
(9%)

Dividends 
$1,108.6 
(20%) 

Acquisitions, net and
 Other Investments 
$1,434.4 
(26%) 

Cash Flow 
from Operations 
$4,202.7 
(76%) 

Share Repurchases 
$2,441.8 
(45%) 

$6,500 

$6,000 

$5,500 

$5,000  

$4,500 

$4,000 

$3,500 

$3,000 

$2,500 

$2,000 

$1,500 

$1,000 

$500 

$1,100 

$1,000 

$900 

$800 

$700 

$600 

$500 

$400 

$300 

$200 

$100 

$20 

$18 

$16 

$14 

$12 

$10 

$8 

$6 

$4 

$2 

$4,300 

$4,100 

$3,900 

$3,700 

$3,500 

$3,300 

$3,100 

$2,900 

$2,700 

$2,500 

$2,300 

$2,100 

$1,900 

$1,700 

$1,500 

$1,300 

$1,100 

$900 

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020 

2021  2022  2023

CFFO

NET INCOME 

–2––22–

428012_AnnualReport_2023_Narrative_8.5x11_JN_0324_R1.indd   2

3/18/24   6:03 PM

A REVOLUTION  IN 

POOL360 ® 

Our commitment to leading the industry through tech-enabled 
distribution continues to shape the future of our business and 
the entire pool and backyard living industry.  

The heart of our success lies in our unparalleled customer 
experience, allowing access to over 200,000 products from 
more than 2,200 vendors–including our own exclusive lines 
and private-label programs. POOL360® connects this 
ecosystem, providing one-stop shopping cconvenience 
while providing invaluable industry data. 

POOL36 0 ®  POOLS ERVICE  

Our latest software solution, POOL360® PoolService, is a testament to our commitment 
to innovation. POOL360® PoolService revolutionizes the way service businesses operate. 
With best-in-class features spanning route optimization, real-time quoting and ordering, 
mobile water testing, and automated billing–PoolService provides a powerful new tool 
for service businesses to boost efficiency and profitability–while also 
delivering an optimal experience for pool owners. 

POOL36 0 ® WATERTES T 

This cutting-edge software redefines the water testing process, 
transforming it from a cost center into a profit center. Retailers get 
a solution that aligns with the most complete line of pool and spa 
chemicals–Regal®, E-Z Clor® and Life®–offering instant, precise 
analysis and tailored chemical recommendations. This streamlines 
operations and enhances both sales and customer satisfaction. 

“ WE’ VE  LAUNCHED SOF TWA RE 

SOLUT IONS THAT AL LOW 
CU STOMERS TO  BE TTER MANAGE 
T HEI R  BUS INE SSE S AND  IMPROVE 
OVE RA LL CON SUMER E XPERIENCE.” 

–  KRISTOPHER NEFF 
  Vice President, Strategy and  
Corporate Development

–3–

428012_AnnualReport_2023_Narrative_8.5x11_JN_0324_R1.indd   3

3/18/24   6:03 PM

 
 
 
 
EMPLOYER OF CHOICE 

At POOLCORP®, we recognize that our success is  
due to the outstanding achievements of our people. 
That’s why we strive to be an Employer of Choice.  
Our commitment to this mission is evident through 
industry-leading programs across safety and wellbeing 
and through our expanding programs that support top 
talent from diverse backgrounds and walks of life.  
We invest in every employee through dynamic trainings 
that cover topics ranging from safety protocols to 
innovative new technology, so they can reach their 
fullest potential. Our in-house talent development 
programs include manager trainee and professional 
development initiatives to empower our employees 
to lead and excel today and in the future. 

“ OUR MISSION AS AN EMPLOY ER 

OF CHOICE IS TO PROVIDE 
OPPO RTUNITIES FOR GROWTH 
AND DEVELOPMENT FOR EVERY 
EMPLOYEE AND TO MAKE A 
POSI TIVE IMPACT IN THE 
COMMUNI TIES WE SERVE.” 

–  LUTHER WILLEMS 
  Vice President, CHRO 

EM P LOYE E  CA RE &  SAF ETY 

At POOLCORP®, our safety initiative is called GOAL ZERO: zero employee 
injuries, zero preventable vehicle accidents, and zero roadside violations. 
However, we don,t just believe in maintaining standards; we believe in setting 
them. Our commitment to employee care and safety is not just a policy; 
it,s a promise. Our Diving Into Wellness program therefore offers an array 
of resources for our employees and their families. From free yearly health 
screenings to online wellness training, we ensure every member of our team 
has the tools to thrive both in and out of the workplace. Our approach isn,t 
just about preventing injuries; it,s about promoting holistic wellbeing. 

DIV ERSITY,  EQUITY &  INCLUSI O N  

At POOLCORP®, we deeply value the differences in perspective and lived 
experience that our thousands of employees bring to the table. We understand 
that a diverse team, with diverse viewpoints and ideas, is a strong team. Our 
commitment to fostering an inclusive workplace goes beyond hiring; it,s about 
ensuring every voice is heard and valued. We,re dedicated to creating an 
environment where everyone can succeed – with programs like the Women,s 
Interactive Network, Mentor Partnership, and Emerging Leaders designed to 
connect smart, motivated people across the business. We are fast-paced and 
expect nothing but the best from every employee while providing the tools 
and resources to help each one succeed. Every team member is encouraged to 
contribute ideas and help create solutions as part of a world-class team. 

GIV IN G  BACK  TO THE  CO MMU N I TY 

While we do much to enrich backyard living for families, our purpose extends 
to every environment "Where Outdoor Living Comes to Life®." Launched in 2021, 
our Swimpact! program is a testament to our dedication to our communities 
and to the belief that every child deserves to learn how to swim. Swimpact! has 
sponsored swimming lessons and water safety training to over 30,000 children 
and has also sponsored trainings for thousands of lifeguards. Through our 
partnership with the YMCA, we,re helping create a safer future for 
communities and producing a ripple effect of empowerment.

–4––4–

428012_AnnualReport_2023_Narrative_8.5x11_JN_0324_R1.indd   4

3/18/24   6:03 PM

 
 
UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 

FORM 10-K 

(Mark One) 

☒

☐

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT 
OF 1934 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023 

or 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE 
ACT OF 1934 

For the transition period from 

 to 

Commission File Number: 0-26640 

POOL CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

Delaware 
(State or other jurisdiction of 

incorporation or organization) 

109 Northpark Boulevard, 
Covington,  Louisiana 

(Address of principal executive offices) 

36-3943363 
(I.R.S. Employer 

Identification No.) 

70433-5001 

(Zip Code) 

(985) 892-5521 
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code) 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the 
Act: 

Title of each class 
Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share 

Trading Symbol(s) 
POOL 

Name of each exchange on which registered 
Nasdaq Global Select Market 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act.

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  (1)  has  filed  all  reports  required  to  be  filed  by  Section  13  or  15(d)  of  the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to 
file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.           

Yes  x    No  ¨

 Yes  ¨    No  x 

 Yes  x    No  ¨ 

            
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted 
pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period 
that the registrant was required to submit such files).    

Yes x     No ¨ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller 
reporting  company,  or  an  emerging  growth  company.  See  the  definitions  of  “large  accelerated  filer,”  “accelerated  filer,” 
the  Exchange  Act. 
“smaller 

reporting  company,”  and  “emerging  growth  company” 

in  Rule  12b-2  of 

Large accelerated filer

Non-accelerated filer

x 

o 

Accelerated filer

Smaller reporting company

Emerging growth company

☐ 

☐ 

☐ 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period 
for  complying  with  any  new  or  revised  financial  accounting  standards  provided  pursuant  to  Section  13(a)  of  the  Exchange 
Act.    ¨ 

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  has  filed  a  report  on  and  attestation  to  its  management’s  assessment  of  the 
effectiveness  of  its  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  under  Section  404(b)  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  (15  U.S.C. 
7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☒ 

If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the 
registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements.  ☐ 

Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-
based  compensation  received  by  any  of  the  registrant’s  executive  officers  during  the  relevant  recovery  period  pursuant  to 
§240.10D-1(b).  ☐ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). 

Yes  ☐     No  x 

The  aggregate  market  value  of  voting  and  non-voting  common  equity  held  by  non-affiliates  of  the  registrant  based  on  the 
closing sales price of the registrant’s common stock as of June 30, 2023 was $14,212,954,827. 

As of February 20, 2024, there were 38,376,151 shares of common stock outstanding. 

Documents Incorporated by Reference 

Portions of the registrant’s Proxy Statement for the 2024 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by reference into 
Part III of this Form 10-K.

POOL CORPORATION 

TABLE OF CONTENTS 

Business 
Risk Factors 
Unresolved Staff Comments 
Cybersecurity 
Properties 
Legal Proceedings 
Mine Safety Disclosures 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer 

Purchases of Equity Securities 

[Reserved] 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of 

Operations 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk 
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial  

Disclosure 

Controls and Procedures 
Other Information 
Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 
Executive Compensation 
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related 

Stockholder Matters 

PART I. 

Item 1. 
Item 1A. 
Item 1B. 
Item 1C. 
Item 2. 
Item 3. 
Item 4. 

PART II. 

Item 5. 

Item 6. 
Item 7. 

Item 7A. 
Item 8. 
Item 9. 

Item 9A. 
Item 9B. 
Item 9C. 

PART III. 

Item 10. 
Item 11. 
Item 12. 

Item 13. 
Item 14. 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 
Principal Accountant Fees and Services 

PART IV. 

Item 15. 
Item 16. 

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules 
Form 10-K Summary 

Index to Exhibits and Signatures 

Page 

1 
12 
20 
21 
22 
25 
25 

26 

27 
28 

46 
47 
81 

81 
84 
84 

84 
84 
84 

84 
84 

85 
85 

Item 1.  Business 

General 

PART I. 

Pool  Corporation  (the  Company,  which  may  also  be  referred  to  as  we,  us  or  our),  a  member  of  the  S&P  500  Index,  is  the 
world’s  largest  wholesale  distributor  of  swimming  pool  supplies,  equipment  and  related  leisure  products  and  is  one  of  the 
leading distributors of irrigation and landscape maintenance products in the United States.  

Our industry is highly fragmented, and as such, we believe we add considerable value to the industry by purchasing products 
from a large number of manufacturers and then efficiently distributing the products to our customer base on conditions that are 
more favorable than our customers could obtain on their own. 

As of December 31, 2023, we operated 439 sales centers in North America, Europe and Australia through our five distribution 
networks: 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

SCP Distributors (SCP); 
Superior Pool Products (Superior); 
Horizon Distributors (Horizon); 
National Pool Tile (NPT); and 
Sun Wholesale Supply (Sun Wholesale). 

Our Industry 

We believe that the swimming pool industry will continue to grow with the increased penetration of new pools into households 
with the discretionary income and physical capacity to install a swimming pool.  We believe significant growth opportunities 
also reside with pool remodel and pool equipment replacement activities due to the aging of the installed base of swimming 
pools, technological advancements and the development of environmentally sustainable, energy-efficient and more aesthetically 
attractive  products.  The  desire  for  consumers  to  enhance  their  outdoor  living  spaces  with  hardscapes,  lighting  and  other 
outdoor living-related products provides us with additional future growth opportunities in this area.  

Over the past several years, favorable demographic and socioeconomic trends have positively impacted our industry, and we 
believe these trends will continue over the long term.  These favorable trends include the following: 

• 

• 
• 

• 

• 
• 

long-term  growth  in  housing  units  in  warmer  climate  markets  due  to  the  population  migration  toward  the  southern 
United States, where use of the outdoor home environment is more prevalent and extends longer throughout the year; 
increased homeowner spending on outdoor living spaces for relaxation and entertainment; 
consumers  bundling  the  purchase  of  a  swimming  pool  and  other  products,  with  new  irrigation  systems,  landscaping 
and improvements to outdoor living spaces often being key components to both pool installations and remodels; 
consumers using more automation and control products, higher quality materials and other pool features that add to our 
sales opportunities over time; 
consumers increasing focus on environmentally sustainable, energy-efficient products; and 
remote and hybrid work trends as homeowners seek to create attractive areas in their backyards as an extension of their 
home space. 

We estimate about 60% of consumer spending in the pool industry is for maintenance and minor repair of existing swimming 
pools.  Maintaining a safe and consistent water chemistry and the related upkeep and repair of swimming pool equipment, such 
as  pumps,  heaters,  filters  and  safety  equipment,  creates  non-discretionary  demand  for  pool  chemicals,  equipment  and  other 
related  parts  and  supplies.  We  also  believe  cosmetic  considerations  such  as  a  pool’s  appearance  and  the  overall  look  of 
backyard environments create ongoing demand for other maintenance-related goods and certain discretionary products that we 
supply. 

Consistent growth of the installed base of in-ground swimming pools and the recurring nature of the maintenance and repair 
market has helped maintain a relatively consistent rate of industry growth.  This characteristic has helped cushion the negative 
impact on revenues in periods when unfavorable economic conditions and softness in the housing market adversely impacted 
consumer discretionary spending, including pool construction and major replacement and renovation activities.  

1 

The following table reflects growth in the domestic installed base of in-ground swimming pools over the past 11 years (based 
on Company estimates and information from 2022 P.K. Data, Inc. reports): 

The  swimming  pool  remodel,  renovation  and  upgrade  market  currently  accounts  for  an  estimated  21%  to  23%  of  consumer 
spending in the pool industry.  The activity in this market, which includes major swimming pool remodeling and upgrading, is 
driven  by  the  aging  of  the  installed  base  of  pools  and  availability  of  enhanced  feature  products  such  as  swimming  pool 
automated controls, variable speed pumps, robotic cleaners and LED pool and hot tub lighting.  Many new homeowners with 
existing pools transform older pools into a modern backyard oasis through upgraded features, finishes and equipment.  Among 
other factors such as the southern population migration and housing shortage trends, the timing of these types of expenditures is 
more  sensitive  to  economic  factors  including  home  values,  single-family  home  sales  and  consumer  confidence  that  impact 
consumer spending compared to the maintenance and minor repair market.  

We  estimate  that  new  swimming  pool  construction  comprises  approximately  17%  to  18%  of  consumer  spending  in  the  pool 
industry.  The demand for new pools is driven by the perceived benefits of pool ownership including enhanced property value, 
relaxation, entertainment, family activity, exercise and convenience.  The industry competes for new pool sales against other 
discretionary  consumer  purchases  such  as  kitchen  and  bathroom  remodeling,  boats,  motorcycles,  recreational  vehicles  and 
vacations.  The industry is also affected by other factors including, but not limited to, consumer preferences or attitudes toward 
pool and related outdoor living products for aesthetic, environmental, safety or other reasons. 

The  irrigation  and  landscape  maintenance  industry  shares  many  characteristics  with  the  pool  industry,  and  we  believe  that  it 
exhibits  similar  long-term  growth  rates.  Irrigation  system  installations  often  occur  in  tandem  with  new  single-family  home 
construction making them more susceptible to economic variables that drive new home sales.  However, the landscape industry 
offers similar maintenance-related growth opportunities as the swimming pool industry.  Product offerings such as chemicals 
and  fertilizers,  power  equipment  and  related  repair  and  maintenance  services  offer  recurring  revenue  streams  in  an  industry 
otherwise  closely  tied  to  the  new  housing  market.  The  irrigation  and  landscape  maintenance  products  distribution  business 
serves both residential and commercial markets, with the majority of sales related to the residential market.  Within the United 
States market, we believe that residential and commercial irrigation products account for approximately 30% to 35% of total 
spending  in  the  industry,  with  the  remaining  65%  to  70%  of  spending  related  to  landscape  maintenance  products,  power 
equipment, hardscapes and specialty outdoor products and accessories.  

Economic Environment 

Certain  trends  in  the  housing  market,  the  availability  of  consumer  credit  and  general  economic  conditions  (as  commonly 
measured by Gross Domestic Product or GDP) affect our industry, particularly new pool and irrigation system starts as well as 
the  timing  and  extent  of  pool  remodels,  equipment  replacements,  landscaping  projects  and  outdoor  living  space  renovations.  
Consumers typically spend more on new pools, new irrigation systems, renovations and replacement when general economic 
conditions are strong. 

2 

We believe that over the long term, home value appreciation and single-family housing turnover correlate with demand for new 
pool construction, with higher rates of home appreciation and turnover having a positive impact on new pool installations over 
time.  While  most  new  swimming  pools  are  installed  in  existing  homes,  there  has  also  been  a  correlation  of  new  pool 
construction activity to new home construction activities over time.  We also believe that homeowners’ discretionary spending 
capacity,  availability  of  consumer  credit  and  favorable  borrowing  rates  are  critical  factors  enabling  the  purchase  of  new 
swimming  pools  and  irrigation  systems.  Similar  to  other  discretionary  purchases,  replacement  and  renovation  activities  are 
more  heavily  impacted  by  economic  factors  such  as  consumer  confidence,  GDP  and  employment  levels.  Contractor  labor 
availability has also become an issue in recent years, limiting our customers’ ability to fully meet consumer construction and 
renovation  demand.  While  existing  home  turnover  slowed  in  2023  driven  by  higher  interest  rates  and  homeowners  taking 
advantage  of  their  existing  lower  rate  mortgages,  new  home  construction  grew  versus  a  decline  in  new  pool  construction, 
creating more available backyards for swimming pools when economic conditions stabilize. 

Over the past decade, consumers’ investments in their homes, including backyard renovations, have flourished.  In recent years, 
steady increases in home values, lack of affordable new homes and increased mortgage rates have prompted homeowners to 
stay in their homes longer and upgrade their home environments, including their backyards.  Many families have spent more 
time at home and sought opportunities to create or expand home-based outdoor living and entertainment spaces.  These outdoor 
investment  trends,  which  were  particularly  heightened  during  2020  through  2022,  resulted  in  an  increase  in  new  pool 
construction and greater expenditures for maintenance and remodeling products.  In 2023, we estimate that new in-ground pool 
construction  units  decreased  23%  to  approximately  75,000  units  from  98,000  units  in  2022  as  new  construction  activities 
declined  following  significant  growth  in  2021  and  2020.  Our  estimate  of  the  new  in-ground  pool  units  added  in  2023  is 
consistent with the 78,000 pools added in 2019.  We expect that consumers will continue to invest in outdoor living spaces as 
they consider backyards an extension of their home space.  We believe that we are well positioned to benefit from the inherent 
long-term  growth  opportunities  in  our  industry  fueled  by  favorable  population  migration  trends,  strong  housing  demand 
dynamics and product developments and technological advancements as consumers focus on more environmentally sustainable 
and energy-efficient products.    

Historically, annual price inflation averaged 1% to 2% in our industry. We generally pass industry price increases through our 
supply chain and may make strategic volume inventory purchases ahead of vendor price increases in order to obtain favorable 
pricing.  During  2021  and  2022,  supply  chain  interruptions,  production  shutdowns  and  weather-related  events  resulted  in 
increased inflation as higher costs to produce and transport finished products were passed through to consumers.  Our results in 
2022 benefited from extraordinary inflationary product cost increases of approximately 10% following a benefit of 7% to 8% in 
2021.  In 2023, inflationary product cost increases moderated and benefited our sales by approximately 3% to 4%.  We believe 
that results in 2024 will be impacted by inflationary product cost increases of approximately 2% to 3%. 

Business Strategy and Growth Strategy 

Our  mission  is  to  provide  exceptional  value  to  our  customers  and  suppliers,  creating  exceptional  return  to  our  shareholders, 
while providing exceptional opportunities to our employees.  Our core strategies are as follows: 

• 
• 
• 

to promote the growth of our industry; 
to promote the growth of our customers’ businesses; and 
to continuously strive to operate more effectively.  

We  promote  the  growth  of  our  industry  through  various  advertising  and  promotional  programs  intended  to  raise  consumer 
awareness of the benefits and affordability of pool ownership, the ease of pool maintenance and the many ways in which a pool 
and  the  surrounding  spaces  may  be  enjoyed  beyond  swimming.  These  programs  include  digital  and  media  advertising, 
industry-oriented  website  development  such  as  www.swimmingpool.com®,  www.hottubs.com®  and  www.nptpool.com®, 
social  media  platforms  and  other  digital  marketing  initiatives,  including  our  NPT®  Backyard  mobile  app.  We  use  these 
programs as tools to educate consumers and lead prospective pool owners to our customers. We also promote the growth of our 
industry  by  offering  a  growing  selection  of  energy-efficient  and  environmentally  preferred  products,  which  support 
sustainability  and  can  help  pool  owners  save  energy,  water,  time  and  money.  Our  environmentally  friendly  technology 
products include variable speed pumps, LED pool and hot tub lights and high-efficiency heat pumps.  Our Horizon sales centers 
offer  organic  fertilizers,  organic  pesticides,  and  irrigation  and  drainage  products  that  reduce  water  usage  and  soil  erosion, 
allowing our customers and homeowners to have less of an impact on freshwater reserves. 

We promote the growth of our customers’ businesses by offering the broadest product assortment through the largest number of 
conveniently located market-based sales centers and through comprehensive support programs that include promotional tools 
and marketing support to help our customers generate increased sales.  We provide in depth product training that allows our 
customers to expand the scope of their product offerings.  We also provide uniquely tailored advertising programs that include 

3 

such  features  as  digital  marketing,  customer  lead  generation,  personalized  websites,  brochures,  direct  mail,  marketing 
campaigns  and  business  development  training.  As  a  customer  service,  we  also  provide  certain  customers  assistance  with  all 
aspects  of  their  business,  including  site  selection,  store  layout  and  design,  product  merchandising,  comprehensive  product 
offering  selections  and  efficient  ordering  and  inventory  management  processes.  In  addition  to  these  programs,  we  feature 
consumer  showrooms  in  over  100  of  our  sales  centers  and  host  our  annual  Retail  Summit  to  educate  our  customers  about 
product offerings and the overall industry.  We also function as a day-to-day resource by offering product and market expertise 
to serve our customers’ unique needs.  

In  addition  to  our  efforts  aimed  at  promoting  industry  and  customer  growth,  we  strive  to  operate  more  effectively  by 
continuously  focusing  on  improvements  in  our  operations,  which  we  define  as  capacity  creation.  We  create  capacity  with 
business  to  business  development  tools  and  execution  aimed  at  ensuring  best-in-class  service  and  value  creation  for  our 
customers  and  suppliers.  In  particular,  our  Pool360  and  Horizon  24/7  internet  and  mobile  platforms  help  our  customers  be 
more  productive  by  allowing  them  to  digitally  receive  pricing  and  product  availability  information,  and  enter  orders,  while 
leveraging  our  customer  service  staff  resources,  particularly  during  peak  business  periods.  These  tools  offer  real-time 
integration  into  our  enterprise  resource  planning  system,  creating  efficiencies  in  our  business  processes  and  also  provide  our 
customers  graphical  catalog  presentation  in  the  same  platform.  Our  BlueStreak  mobile  ordering  platform  enables  our  sales 
associates  to  process  orders  faster,  often  eliminating  the  need  for  customers  to  get  out  of  their  vehicles.  We  are  focused  on 
efficiency  at  our  sales  centers  and  warehouses  through  order  processing  speed  at  the  counter,  intentional  showroom  layouts, 
sales center merchandising, bin replenishment and velocity slotting.  Velocity slotting uses technology to identify fast moving, 
high velocity items, which are then color-coded and placed in an easily accessible location to create efficiencies for both our 
employees and customers.  

We  believe  that  ongoing  investments  in  digital  transformation  and  technology  help  us  provide  best-in-class  service  to  our 
customers by improving the customer experience, enhancing our existing customer relationships and expanding our customer 
base.  To that end, a part of our growth strategy includes investing in technology that allows us to better serve our customers 
and using this information to make better data-driven decisions for our business.  We recently launched Pool360 WaterTest and 
are  in  the  process  of  rolling  out  Pool360  PoolService  under  our  Pool360  platform  of  technologies.  Pool360  WaterTest  is  a 
professional water testing software available to our retail customers that works with our complete line of proprietary brand pool 
and  hot  tub  chemicals.  Our  Pool360  PoolService  app  is  a  mobile  tool  that  allows  pool  professionals  to  better  manage  their 
service business and improve their customers’ experience.  We believe these tools allow us to support and grow our retail and 
service customer base.  Going forward, we plan to continue to grow our suite of Pool360 technologies with additional resources 
for our customers. 

We have grown our distribution networks through new sales center openings, acquisitions and the expansion of existing sales 
centers depending on our market presence and capacity.  For additional information regarding our new sales center openings, 
acquisitions  and  closures/consolidations,  see  Item  7,  “Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and 
Results of Operations,” and Item 8, Note 2 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements,” included in this Form 10-K. 

We plan to continue to make strategic acquisitions and open new sales centers to further penetrate existing markets and expand 
into both new geographic markets and new product categories.  We believe that our high customer service levels and expanded 
product  offerings  have  enabled  us  to  gain  market  share  historically.  Going  forward,  we  expect  to  continue  to  realize  sales 
growth  through  market  share  gains  and  continued  expansion  of  our  product  offerings  with  a  focus  on  our  proprietary  and 
exclusive brand products.  

Customers and Products 

We  serve  roughly  125,000  customers.  No  single  customer  accounted  for  10%  or  more  of  our  sales  in  2023.  Most  of  our 
customers are small, family-owned businesses with relatively limited capital resources.  Most of these businesses provide labor 
and technical services to the end consumer and operate as independent contractors and specialty retailers employing no more 
than  ten  employees  (in  many  cases,  working  alone  or  with  a  limited  crew).  These  customers  also  buy  products  from  other 
distributors, mass merchants, home stores and certain specialty and internet retailers. 

We  provide  extended  payment  terms  to  qualified  customers  for  sales  under  pre-season  early  buy  programs,  which  typically 
occur during the fourth and first quarters.  The extended terms usually require payments in equal installments during the second 
quarter of each year.  See Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -
Critical Accounting Estimates - Allowance for Doubtful Accounts” for additional information. 

4 

We sell our products primarily to the following types of customers: 

• 
• 

• 
• 
• 

swimming pool remodelers and builders; 
specialty  retailers  that  sell  swimming  pool  supplies,  including  independently  owned  and  operated  Pinch  A  Penny 
franchise stores; 
swimming pool repair and service businesses; 
irrigation construction and landscape maintenance contractors; and 
commercial pool operators and pool contractors who build, remodel or service large commercial installations such as 
hotels, universities and community recreational facilities. 

We conduct our operations through 439 sales centers in North America, Europe and Australia.  Our primary markets, with the 
highest concentration of swimming pools, are California, Texas, Florida and Arizona, collectively representing approximately 
54% of our 2023 net sales.  In 2023, we generated approximately 95% of our sales in North America (including Canada and 
Mexico), 4% in Europe and 1% in Australia.  While we continue to expand both domestically and internationally, we expect 
this geographic mix to be similar over the next few years.  References to product line and product category data throughout this 
Form  10-K  generally  reflect  data  related  to  the  North  American  swimming  pool  market,  as  it  is  more  readily  available  for 
analysis and represents the largest component of our operations. 

Our goal is to be a trusted resource for both industry professionals, retailers and consumers in the outdoor living industry.  We 
use  local  sales  and  marketing  personnel  to  promote  the  growth  of  our  business  and  develop  and  strengthen  our  customers’ 
businesses.  Our  sales  and  marketing  personnel  focus  on  developing  customer  training  programs  and  promotional  activities, 
creating and enhancing sales management tools and providing product and market expertise.  Our local sales personnel work 
from our sales centers as trusted resources for our customers and are charged with understanding and meeting our customers’ 
specific  needs.  Our  sales  center  personnel  help  educate  our  customers  on  a  variety  of  topics  including  the  newest,  most 
innovative products and solutions that can elevate their businesses. 

We offer our customers more than 200,000 manufacturer and proprietary and exclusive brand products.  We believe that our 
selection of pool equipment, supplies, chemicals, replacement parts, irrigation and related products and other pool construction 
and recreational products is the most comprehensive in the industry.  We sell the following types of products: 

•  maintenance products, such as chemicals, supplies and pool accessories; 
• 
• 

repair and replacement parts for pool equipment, such as cleaners, filters, heaters, pumps and lights; 
building  materials,  such  as  concrete,  plumbing  and  electrical  components,  both  functional  and  decorative  pool 
surfaces, decking materials, tile, hardscapes and natural stone, used for pool installations and remodeling; 
pool equipment and components for new pool construction and the remodeling and replacement of existing pools; 
irrigation  and  related  products,  including  irrigation  system  components  and  professional  turf  care  equipment  and 
supplies; 
commercial pool products, including American Society of Material Engineers heaters, safety equipment, commercial 
decking equipment and commercial pumps and filters; 
fiberglass  pools  and  hot  tubs  and  packaged  pool  kits  including  walls,  liners,  braces  and  coping  for  in-ground  and 
above-ground pools; and 
other  pool  construction  and  recreational  products,  which  consist  of  a  number  of  product  categories  and  include 
discretionary recreational and related outdoor living products, such as grills and components for outdoor kitchens. 

• 
• 

• 

• 

• 

We currently have over 650 product lines and approximately 50 product categories.  Based on our 2023 product classifications, 
sales for our pool and hot tub chemicals product category represented approximately 14% of total net sales for 2023, 13% of 
total net sales in 2022 and 9% of total net sales in 2021.  The increase in pool and hot tub chemicals as a percentage of our total 
net sales from 2021 to 2022 was driven primarily by our December 2021 acquisition of Porpoise Pool & Patio and its chemical 
re-packaging plant, combined with inflation and improved supply over the prior year.  No other product categories accounted 
for 10% or more of total net sales in any of the last three fiscal years. 

We  continue  to  identify  new  related  product  categories,  and  we  typically  introduce  new  categories  each  year  in  select 
markets.  We then evaluate the performance in these markets and focus on those product categories that we believe exhibit the 
best long-term growth potential.  We expect to realize continued sales growth for these types of product offerings by expanding 
the number of locations that offer these products, increasing the number of products offered at certain locations and continuing 
a modest broadening of these product offerings on a company-wide basis.  

New  product  technology  provides  opportunities  not  only  for  improved  energy-efficiency  but  also  expanded  control  and 
convenience  in  enjoying  leisure  activities.  We  offer  a  growing  selection  of  energy-efficient  and  environmentally  preferred 

5 

products,  which  support  sustainability  and  can  help  pool  owners  save  energy,  water,  time  and  money.  Major  equipment 
manufacturers have developed and will continue to develop more retrofit kits that allow homeowners to interact with their pools 
or  hot  tubs  through  their  smartphones.  Also,  robotic  cleaners  offer  consumers  a  more  efficient  option  for  maintaining  their 
swimming pools.  We see each of these developments as significant growth opportunities.  

Over  the  last  several  years,  we  have  increased  our  product  offerings  and  service  abilities  related  to  commercial  swimming 
pools.  We consider the commercial market to be a key growth opportunity as we focus more attention on providing products to 
customers  who  operate  and  service  large  commercial  installations  such  as  hotels,  condominiums,  apartment  complexes, 
universities  and  community  recreational  facilities.  We  continue  to  leverage  our  existing  sales  center  networks  and  customer 
and vendor relationships to grow this market.  

In 2023, the sale of maintenance and minor repair products (non-discretionary) accounted for approximately 62% of our sales, 
while  approximately  24%  of  our  sales  were  derived  from  partially  discretionary  products  used  in  the  remodel,  renovation, 
upgrade of pools and approximately 14% of our sales were derived from discretionary products used in the construction and 
installation  (equipment,  materials,  plumbing,  electrical,  etc.)  of  swimming  pools.  These  components  may  vary  from  year  to 
year.  

Operating Strategy 

We  distribute  swimming  pool  supplies,  equipment  and  related  leisure  products  domestically  through  our  SCP  and  Superior 
sales  center  networks  and  internationally  through  our  SCP  network.  We  adopted  the  strategy  of  operating  two  distinct 
distribution networks within the U.S. swimming pool market primarily to offer our customers a choice of distinctive product 
selections, locations and service personnel.  We distribute irrigation, landscape maintenance and related products through our 
Horizon network.  

Swimming pool tile, decking materials and interior pool surfacing products are distributed through our NPT network, as well as 
through SCP and Superior networks.  Our NPT network primarily serves the swimming pool market with our market-leading 
brand of pool tile and composite pool finish products but also provides some overlap with the irrigation and landscape industry 
as we offer NPT hardscapes and other outdoor living products.  As more consumers create and enhance outdoor living areas 
and invest more in their outdoor environment, we believe we can focus our resources to address such demand by leveraging our 
existing  pool  and  irrigation  and  landscape  maintenance  customer  base.  We  feel  the  development  of  our  NPT  network  is  a 
natural extension of our distribution model.  In addition to our 21 standalone NPT sales centers, we currently have over 100 
SCP and Superior sales centers that feature consumer showrooms where landscape and swimming pool contractors, as well as 
homeowners, can view and select pool components including pool tile, decking materials and interior pool finishes in various 
styles and grades, and serve as stocking locations for our NPT brand products.  We also offer virtual tools for homeowners to 
select and design their pool and outdoor environments, collaborating with their chosen contractors to install these products.  Our 
NPT® Backyard mobile app and www.nptpool.com® allow our customers to virtually design, customize and view a pool in 
their own backyard within seconds.  We believe our showrooms, local stocking of products and virtual support provide us with 
a  competitive  advantage  in  these  categories.  Given  the  more  discretionary  nature  of  these  products,  this  business  is  more 
sensitive to external market factors compared to our business overall. 

Sun  Wholesale  Supply,  which  we  acquired  in  December  2021,  distributes  swimming  pool  supplies,  equipment  and  related 
leisure  products,  primarily  servicing  independently  owned  and  operated  Pinch  A  Penny,  Inc.  franchise  locations.  Since 
December  2021,  we  have  expanded  Pinch  A  Penny  franchise  operations  through  additional  locations  of  Pinch  A  Penny 
franchised stores and expect to continue these expansion initiatives.  Sun Wholesale Supply also owns and operates a specialty 
chemical re-packaging plant providing pool chemical products to the Pinch A Penny franchised store network and a portion of 
the chemical products sold through our SCP and Superior sales centers.  

We evaluate our sales centers based on their performance relative to predetermined standards that include both financial and 
operational measures.  Our corporate support groups provide our field operations with various services, such as developing and 
coordinating customer and vendor related programs, services from our real estate support function to find appropriate locations 
for  our  sales  centers,  human  resources  support,  information  systems  support,  support  from  our  logistics  and  fleet  teams, 
accounting  and  financial  analysis  support  and  expert  resources  to  help  them  achieve  their  goals.  We  believe  our  incentive 
programs and feedback tools, along with the competitive nature of our sales center network, stimulate and enhance employee 
performance. 

6 

Distribution 

Our  sales  centers  are  located  within  population  centers  near  customer  concentrations,  typically  in  industrial,  commercial  or 
mixed-use zones.  Customers may pick up products at any sales center location, or we may deliver products to their premises or 
job sites via our trucks or third-party carriers.  For additional information on our sales centers, see Item 2, “Properties,” of this 
Form 10-K. 

Our  sales  centers  maintain  well-stocked  inventories  to  meet  our  customers’  immediate  needs.  We  utilize  warehouse 
management  technology  to  optimize  receiving,  inventory  control,  picking,  packing  and  shipping  functions.  For  additional 
information regarding our inventory management, see Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition 
and Results of Operations - Critical Accounting Estimates - Inventory Obsolescence,” of this Form 10-K.  

We also operate four centralized shipping locations (CSLs) in the United States that redistribute products we purchase in bulk 
quantities to our sales centers or, in some cases, directly to customers.  Our CSLs are regional locations that carry a wide range 
of outdoor living products.  

Purchasing and Suppliers 

We  believe  we  enjoy  good  relationships  with  our  suppliers,  who  generally  offer  competitive  pricing,  return  policies  and 
promotional  allowances.  It  is  customary  in  our  industry  for  certain  manufacturers  to  manage  their  shipments  by  offering 
seasonal terms to qualifying purchasers such as Pool Corporation, which are referred to as early buy purchases.  These early 
buy purchases typically allow us to place orders in the fall at a modest discount, take delivery of product during the off-season 
months and pay for these purchases in the spring or early summer.  Due to vendor backlogs resulting in product availability 
constraints, these early buy opportunities were generally not available in 2021 or 2020.  Although early buy opportunities were 
re-established in 2022, they were not widely utilized until 2023 due to higher stocking levels in 2022. 

Our  preferred  vendor  program  encourages  our  distribution  networks  to  stock  and  sell  products  from  a  smaller  number  of 
vendors offering the best overall terms and service to optimize profitability and shareholder return.  We also work closely with 
our  vendors  to  develop  programs  and  services  to  better  meet  the  needs  of  our  customers  and  to  concentrate  our  inventory 
investments.  These  practices,  together  with  a  more  comprehensive  service  offering,  have  positively  impacted  our  selling 
margins and our returns on inventory investments.  See Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition 
and Results of Operations - Critical Accounting Estimates - Vendor Programs,” for additional information. 

We  regularly  evaluate  supplier  relationships  and  consider  alternate  sourcing  to  ensure  competitive  cost,  service  and  quality 
standards.  Our  largest  suppliers  include  Pentair  plc,  Hayward  Pool  Products,  Inc.  and  Zodiac  Pool  Systems,  Inc.,  which 
accounted for approximately 19%, 10% and 10%, respectively, of the cost of products we sold in 2023. 

Competition 

We are the largest wholesale distributor of swimming pool and related backyard products (based on industry knowledge and 
available  data)  and  one  of  the  only  national  wholesale  distributors  focused  on  the  swimming  pool  industry  in  the  United 
States.  We are also one of the leading distributors of irrigation and landscape maintenance products in the United States.  We 
face  intense  competition  from  many  regional  and  local  distributors  in  our  markets  and  from  three  national  wholesale 
distributors  of  irrigation  and  landscape  supplies.  We  also  face  competition,  both  directly  and  indirectly,  from  mass  market 
retailers (both store-based and internet) and large pool supply retailers who primarily buy directly from manufacturers. 

Some geographic markets we serve, particularly the four largest and higher pool density markets of California, Texas, Florida 
and Arizona, have a greater concentration of competition than others.  Barriers to entry in our industry are relatively low.  We 
believe that the principal competitive factors in swimming pool and irrigation and landscape supply distribution are: 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

the breadth and availability of products offered; 
the quality and level of customer service, including ease of ordering and speed of product delivery; 
the breadth and depth of sales and marketing programs; 
consistency and stability of business relationships with customers and suppliers; 
competitive product pricing; and 
geographic proximity to the customer. 

7 

Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) 

Environmental 

We  are  committed  to  sustainable  business  practices,  which  includes  offering  eco-friendly  products  to  our  customers,  closely 
monitoring our sourcing activities, and being good stewards within the communities we serve.  We are taking steps to reduce 
our  carbon  footprint  and  to  improve  product  choices  that  allow  pool  and  homeowners  to  reduce  their  environmental  impact.  
We  are  also  installing  more  energy-efficient  systems  throughout  our  sales  center  network.  We  continually  strive  to  ensure 
success  in  our  business  while  protecting  resources  for  future  generations.  Our  sustainability  goals  include  the  reduction  of 
greenhouse gases and other harmful air emissions, water conservation, energy conservation and carbon footprint minimization.  
We also endeavor to handle, distribute, transport and dispose of all products in a responsible manner, particularly the chemicals 
and fertilizers that we sell.  

Social - Human Capital Management 

We  employed approximately 6,000 people  at  December 31, 2023 and approximately 90% of our employees were  located in the  
U.S.  Given the  seasonal  nature  of our business, our peak employment  period is the  summer season and, depending on expected 
sales levels, we  add 100 to 200 employees to our work force  to meet  seasonal  demand.  We  believe  that  we  have  good relations 
with our employees.  None of our employees are currently covered under any collective bargaining agreements. 

Our goal is to be an Employer of Choice by focusing on the engagement, development, retention, and health and well-being of 
our  employees.  We  believe  that  our  success  is  a  direct  result  of  the  contributions  and  commitment  of  our  employees.  We 
provide  competitive  pay  and  benefits,  training  and  continuing  education,  and  professional  development  and  promotional 
opportunities  to  engage  and  reward  our  team.  We  have  established  a  set  of  standard  operating  procedures  to  optimize  our 
human capital management function, including recruitment and employee relations policies, training practices and operational 
instructions.  We focus on the following factors in implementing and developing our human capital strategy: 

• 
• 
• 
• 

employee health, safety and wellness; 
diversity, equity and inclusion; 
employee growth and development; and 
employee compensation and benefits. 

Employee Health, Safety and Wellness 

Our  commitment  to  the  health,  safety  and  wellness  of  our  employees  ranks  at  the  top  of  our  core  operating  priorities.  Our 
ultimate goal is to send every employee home each night in the same condition in which they came to work that morning.  We 
aim  to  achieve  zero  serious  injuries  through  continued  investment  in,  and  focus  on,  our  core  safety  programs  and  injury-
reduction  initiatives.  This  effort  begins  immediately  with  new  employees  and  is  reinforced  each  day  through  a  focus  on 
training,  safety  awareness,  risk  identification  and  other  essential  safety  protocols.  We  closely  monitor  overall  workers’ 
compensation  and  auto  claims,  OSHA  recordable  incidents,  Department  of  Transportation  compliance  and  other  internally 
established safety prevention elements in an effort to make every workday safe. 

Diversity, Equity and Inclusion (DEI) 

We are committed to fostering a diverse, equitable and inclusive workplace that represents the communities in which we work 
and live.  We believe that diversity drives innovation and delivers the best solutions to complex problems.  Our culture is one 
where differences are welcomed, valued and respected.  

We  are  committed  to  expanding  the  diversity  of  our  workforce  through  the  hiring,  retention  and  advancement  of 
underrepresented populations.  To achieve this, our approach to DEI is as follows: 

•  Diversity:  Recruit,  develop  and  retain  a  diverse  workforce  and  provide  developmental  opportunities  for  career 

advancement for all employees; 

•  Equity:  Ensure  that  our  policies,  practices  and  procedures  are  fair  and  enable  equal  employment  opportunity  for 

• 

prospective candidates and employees; and 
Inclusion: Communicate that we, as an Employer of Choice, are committed to DEI with action-oriented programs that 
produce results and employee engagement. 

8 

Our DEI efforts are focused on expanding content in core employee development programs and improving our ability to recruit 
and hire first-class diverse talent.  To create connection and community, we have established a Women’s Interactive Network 
(WIN) and diversity mentoring program to cultivate the growth and development of our female and diverse employees.  We 
also  support  our  employees  with  training  and  development  opportunities,  which  includes  content  aimed  at  creating  and 
sustaining an inclusive environment.  

Employee Growth and Development 

We strive to be an Employer of Choice by investing in our employees.  Our goal is to attract, develop and retain a talented team 
of diverse people inspired by our mission to provide exceptional value to our customers and suppliers and create exceptional 
return  to  our  shareholders,  while  providing  exceptional  opportunities  for  our  employees.  Our  success  depends  on  our 
employees understanding how their work contributes to the company’s overall strategy.  

When  our  employees  succeed,  the  company  succeeds.  To  help  our  employees  achieve  success  in  their  roles,  we  emphasize 
continuous training and career development opportunities.  These opportunities include annual performance reviews, succession 
planning, promotion and advancement opportunities, ongoing training in safety and security protocols, updates on new products 
and  service  offerings  and  deployment  of  technologies.  We  also  provide  a  series  of  managerial  training  to  our  field  and 
departmental  leaders.  This  coursework  covers  topics  such  as  leading  with  inclusion,  recruitment  best  practices,  effective 
communications, leading and empowering others and managing employee performance. 

We  also  provide  an  entry  level  training  program  to  prepare  Manager  Trainees  (MITs)  for  sales  and  operations  management 
opportunities  and  build  our  pipeline  for  field  leadership.  Our  MITs  are  hosted  at  either  our  state-of-the-art  EDGEucation 
Center or in a virtual classroom.  They gain valuable experience during their training program through field-based interaction 
with customers and operating management.  Our program includes interaction with subject matter experts, hands-on projects 
and role play to provide MITs with practical industry knowledge, leadership skills and the tools necessary to succeed within our 
organization. 

Our employees are also involved in a multitude of volunteer efforts that positively impact our communities through support of 
charitable organizations.  We have donated over $3 million through our partnerships with YMCAs across the country to provide 
free water safety lessons and lifeguard training in underserved communities.  Our donations have funded safety around water 
swimming lessons and lifeguard training scholarships from coast to coast.  Our local employees and partners have also donated 
their time and energy to make these events a success. 

Employee Compensation and Benefits 

We  strive  to  provide  market-competitive  compensation,  benefits  and  services  to  our  employees.  Our  performance-based 
compensation philosophy rewards each employee’s individual contributions regardless of gender, race or ethnicity.  Our total 
compensation package includes cash compensation (base salary and performance-based incentive or bonus payments), company 
contributions toward additional benefits (such as health and disability plans), retirement plans with a company match and paid 
time off.  We also offer the opportunity to become a shareholder through equity grants for management and our employee stock 
purchase plan.  Our employees can take advantage of a range of benefits, including healthcare and wellness programs, tuition 
reimbursement for eligible employees and multi-year scholarships to their dependents, and financial wellness programs to help 
provide education and tools to assist in improving, maintaining and capitalizing on our employees’ financial future.  We closely 
monitor employee turnover and conduct exit interviews to gain relevant information and adapt our engagement and retention 
strategy as appropriate. 

Governance 

Our employees, managers and officers conduct our business under the direction of our CEO and the oversight of our Board of 
Directors (our Board) to enhance our long-term value for our stockholders.  The core responsibility of our Board is to exercise 
its fiduciary duty to act in the best interests of our company and our stockholders.  In exercising this obligation, our Board and 
committees  perform  a  number  of  specific  functions,  including  risk  assessment,  review  and  oversight.  While  management  is 
responsible for the day-to-day management of risk, our Board is responsible for oversight of our risk management programs, 
ensuring  that  an  appropriate  culture  of  risk  management  exists  within  the  company,  and  assisting  management  in  addressing 
specific risks, such as strategic risks, financial risks, cybersecurity risks, regulatory risks and operational risks. 

9 

Seasonality and Weather 

Our  business  is  seasonal.  In  general,  sales  and  operating  income  are  highest  during  the  second  and  third  quarters,  which 
represent the peak months of swimming pool use, pool and irrigation installation and remodeling and repair activities.  Sales are 
lower during the first and fourth quarters.  In 2023, we generated approximately 60% of our net sales and 70% of our operating 
income in the second and third quarters of the year. 

We typically experience a build-up of product inventories and accounts payable during the winter months in anticipation of the 
peak  selling  season.  Excluding  borrowings  to  finance  acquisitions,  dividend  payments  and  share  repurchases,  our  peak 
borrowing  usually  occurs  during  the  late  spring  and  summer,  primarily  because  extended  terms  offered  by  certain  of  our 
suppliers are typically payable during the second quarter of each year, while our peak accounts receivable collections typically 
occur in June, July and August. 

We expect that our quarterly results of operations will continue to fluctuate depending on the timing and amount of revenue 
contributed by new and acquired sales centers.  Based on our peak summer selling season, we generally open new sales centers 
and close or consolidate sales centers, when warranted, either in the first quarter before the peak selling season begins or in the 
fourth quarter after the peak selling season ends. 

Weather is one  of the  principal  external  factors affecting our business.  The  table  below presents some  of the  possible  effects 
resulting from various weather conditions. 

Weather 
Hot and dry 

Unseasonably cool weather or extraordinary amounts 
of rain 

Unseasonably early warming trends in spring/late cooling 
trends in fall 

(primarily in the northern half of the U.S. and Canada) 
Unseasonably late warming trends in spring/early cooling 
trends in fall 

(primarily in the northern half of the U.S. and Canada) 

• 

• 

Possible Effects 
Increased purchases of chemicals and supplies 
for existing swimming pools 
Increased purchases of above-ground pools and 
irrigation and lawn care products 

•  Fewer pool and irrigation and landscaping 

installations 

•  Decreased purchases of chemicals and supplies 
•  Decreased purchases of impulse items such as 

above-ground pools and accessories 

•  A longer pool and landscape season, thus positively 

impacting our sales 

•  A shorter pool and landscape season, thus negatively 

impacting our sales 

For  discussion  regarding  the  effects  seasonality  and  weather  had  on  our  results  of  operations  in  2023  and  2022,  see  Item  7, 
“Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  - Seasonality  and  Quarterly 
Fluctuations,” of this Form 10-K. 

Government Regulations 

Our business is subject to a wide variety of regulations, principally under local fire codes and international, federal, state and 
local  environmental  and  health  and  safety  requirements,  including  regulation  by  the  Environmental  Protection  Agency,  the 
Consumer Product Safety Commission, the Department of Transportation, the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, 
the  National  Fire  Protection  Agency  and  the  International  Maritime  Organization.  Most  of  these  requirements  govern  the 
packaging, labeling, handling, transportation, storage and sale of chemicals and fertilizers.  We store certain types of chemicals 
and/or fertilizers at each of our sales centers and the storage of these items is strictly regulated by local fire codes.  In addition, 
we  sell  algaecides  and  pest  control  products  that  are  regulated  as  pesticides  under  the  Federal  Insecticide,  Fungicide  and 
Rodenticide Act and various state pesticide laws.  These laws primarily relate to labeling, annual registration and licensing. 

10 

Intellectual Property 

We  maintain  both  domestic  and  foreign  registered  trademarks  and  patents,  primarily  for  our  proprietary  and  exclusive  brand 
products  that  are  important  to  our  current  and  future  business  operations.  We  also  own  rights  to  numerous  internet  domain 
names. 

Geographic Areas 

The  table  below  presents  net  sales  by  geographic  region,  with  international  sales  translated  into  U.S.  dollars  at  prevailing 
exchange rates, for the past three fiscal years (in thousands): 

United States 
International 

$ 

$ 

Year Ended December 31, 
2022 
5,674,909 
504,818 
6,179,727 

2023 
5,126,308 
415,287 
5,541,595 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2021 
4,749,459 
546,125 
5,295,584 

The table below presents net property and equipment by geographic region, with international property and equipment balances 
translated into U.S. dollars at prevailing exchange rates, for the past three fiscal year ends (in thousands): 

United States 
International 

2023 

December 31, 
2022 

$ 

$ 

215,109 
8,820 
223,929 

$ 

$ 

185,117 
8,592 
193,709 

$ 

$ 

2021 

171,408 
7,600 
179,008 

Website Access and Additional Information 

Our website is www.poolcorp.com.  Our website and other websites mentioned in this Form 10-K are for information only and 
the contents of such websites are not incorporated in, or otherwise to be regarded as part of, this Form 10-K.  

Our periodic reports, including our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K 
and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 
are available free of charge on our website at www.poolcorp.com as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file 
such reports with, or furnish them to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). 

We regularly evaluate the possibility of acquiring additional companies, and at any given time may be engaged in discussions 
or negotiations regarding these transactions.  We generally do not announce our acquisitions until they are completed, unless it 
is required by regulatory or other rules to announce when a definitive agreement is reached. 

Investors  should  also  be  aware  that  while  we  may  answer  questions  raised  by  securities  analysts,  it  is  against  our  policy  to 
disclose any material non-public information or other confidential information.  Accordingly, investors should not assume that 
we agree with any statement or report issued by an analyst with respect to our past or projected performance.  To the extent that 
reports issued by securities analysts contain any projections, forecasts or opinions, such reports are not our responsibility. 

Unless  otherwise  indicated,  information  contained  in  this  report  and  other  documents  filed  by  us  under  the  federal  securities 
laws concerning our views and expectations regarding the industries in which we operate are based on estimates made by us 
using  data  from  industry  sources  and  making  assumptions  based  on  our  industry  knowledge  and  experience.  We  have  not 
independently verified data from industry or other third-party sources and cannot guarantee its accuracy or completeness. 

In this annual report and other of our public disclosures, we estimate the impact that favorable or unfavorable weather had on 
our operating results.  In connection with these estimates, we make several assumptions and rely on various third-party sources.  
It is possible that others assessing the same data could reach conclusions that differ from ours. 

11 

Item 1A.  Risk Factors 

Cautionary Statement for Purposes of the “Safe Harbor” Provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act 
of 1995 

This report contains forward-looking information that involves risks and uncertainties.  Our forward-looking statements express 
our current expectations or forecasts of possible future results or events, including projections of earnings and other financial 
performance  measures,  statements  of  management’s  expectations  regarding  our  strategic,  operational  and  capital  allocation 
plans  and  objectives,  management’s  views  on  industry,  economic,  competitive,  technological  and  regulatory  conditions  and 
other  forecasts  of  trends  and  other  matters.  Forward-looking  statements  speak  only  as  of  the  date  of  this  filing,  and  we 
undertake  no  obligation  to  publicly  update  or  revise  such  statements  to  reflect  new  circumstances  or  unanticipated  events  as 
they occur.  You can identify these statements by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historic or current facts and often use 
words  such  as  “anticipate,”  “estimate,”  “expect,”  “intend,”  “believe,”  “will,”  “outlook,”  “project,”  “may,”  “can,”  “plan,” 
“target,” “potential,” “should” and other words and expressions of similar meaning.  

No assurance can be given that the expected results in any forward-looking statement will be achieved, and actual results may 
differ materially due to one or more factors, including the risks described below in this Item 1A, below in Item 7 of this Form 
10-K and elsewhere in this Form 10-K.  For these statements, we claim the protection of the safe harbor for forward-looking 
statements contained in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act. 

Risk Factors 

Investing  in  our  securities  involves  multiple  risks  and  uncertainties.  Certain  factors  that  may  affect  our  business  and  could 
cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in any forward-looking statement are described below.  Investors 
should carefully consider the risks described below in addition to the other information set forth in this Annual Report on Form 
10-K.  The risks discussed below are not the only risks we face.  Other risks or uncertainties not presently known to us, or that 
we currently believe are immaterial, may materially affect our business if they occur.  Moreover, new risks emerge from time to 
time.  Further, our business may also be affected by additional factors that generally apply to all companies operating in the 
U.S. and globally, which we have not included below.  

Risks Relating to Macroeconomic Conditions or Events 

The  demand  for  our  products  may  be  adversely  affected  by  unfavorable  economic  conditions  and  changes  in  consumer 
discretionary spending. 

Demand  for  our  products  is  subject  to  fluctuations  and  is  difficult  to  predict,  often  due  to  factors  outside  of  our  control. 
Consumer  discretionary  spending  significantly  affects  our  sales  and  is  impacted  by  a  variety  of  factors,  including  general 
economic  conditions,  the  residential  housing  market,  unemployment  rates,  wage  levels,  interest  rate  fluctuations,  inflation, 
disposable  income  levels,  consumer  confidence  and  access  to  credit.  In  economic  downturns  or  recessions,  the  demand  for 
swimming pool, irrigation, landscape and related outdoor living products typically declines, often corresponding with declines 
in discretionary consumer spending, the growth rate of pool eligible households and swimming pool construction.  Currently 
over  86%  of  our  net  sales  are  derived  from  sales  of  maintenance,  repair,  replacement  and  renovation  products  necessary  to 
maintain  existing  swimming  pools.  However,  the  growth  in  this  portion  of  our  business  depends  on  the  expansion  of  the 
installed  pool  base,  which  could  also  be  adversely  affected  by  decreases  in  construction  activities,  similar  to  the  trends 
experienced  this  past  year.  A  weak  economy  may  also  cause  consumers  to  defer  discretionary  replacement  and  renovation 
activity.  Even in generally favorable economic conditions, severe or prolonged downturns in the housing market could have a 
material adverse impact on our financial performance.  Such downturns expose us to certain additional risks, including but not 
limited to the risk of customer closures or bankruptcies, which could shrink our potential customer base and inhibit our ability 
to collect on those customers’ receivables. 

We believe that homeowners’ access to consumer credit at attractive interest rates is a critical factor enabling the purchase of 
new  pools,  irrigation  systems  and  outdoor  living  products.  Unfavorable  economic  conditions  or  a  downturn  in  the  housing 
market could result in a significant tightening of credit markets, which can limit the ability of consumers to access financing for 
new swimming pools and irrigation systems.  

During  2022  and  2023,  interest  and  inflation  rates  were  higher  than  the  three  years  prior  to  2022,  economic  uncertainties 
increased, and consumer credit tightened, which led to a slowdown in new pool permits (signaling a decline in new construction 
projects).  During  2023,  the  heightened  demand  for  our  products  during  the  pandemic  moderated  as  consumers  applied  less 

12 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
disposable  income  to  pools  and  other  home  improvements.  These  economic  events  reduced  our  revenues  in  2023  and  are 
expected to similarly impact our revenues in 2024. 

Discretionary spending is often adversely affected during times of economic, social or political uncertainty, whether caused by 
health  threats,  man-made  or  natural  disasters,  or  other  similar  events  discussed  below  in  this  item  1A.  These  events  could 
create uncertainties that negatively impact our business in ways that we cannot presently predict. 

Changes  in  our  customer  base  could  also  impact  us.  Our  business  could  be  adversely  impacted  if  (i)  consolidation  of  our 
customers  leads  to  changes  in  purchasing  habits,  (ii)  more  people  choose  to  live  in  urban  settings  or  (iii)  more  homeowners 
bypass our customers by directly procuring their own supplies or undertaking their own improvement projects. 

An outbreak of disease or similar public health threat, such as the recent COVID-19 pandemic, could adversely impact our 
business and results of operations. 

An outbreak of disease or similar public health threat, such as the recent COVID-19 pandemic and its negative impact on the 
worldwide  economy,  could  have  an  adverse  impact  on  our  workforce,  supply  chain  or  operations.  Although  our  revenues 
increased during the COVID-19 pandemic that began in early 2020, we cannot assure you that our revenues would increase in 
the event of a future public health emergency.  New variants of COVID-19 could continue to cause outbreaks and uncertainties, 
and  any  future  epidemics,  pandemics  or  similar  public  health  crises  could  adversely  impact  our  business  and  results  of 
operations. 

Other catastrophic events or societal unrest could adversely impact our operations. 

Terrorist attacks, wars, rioting, labor strife, civil disturbances, societal unrest or political instability could negatively impact us 
directly by interfering with our ability to operate or indirectly by depressing macroeconomic conditions.  Our customers could 
also encounter hardships that negatively impact their ability to make timely payments to us or to continue doing business with 
us. 

Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry 

We are susceptible to adverse weather conditions, which could intensify as a result of climate change. 

Given  the  nature  of  our  business,  weather  is  one  of  the  principal  external  factors  affecting  our  business  and  the  effect  of 
seasonality has a significant impact on our results.  In 2023, we generated approximately 60% of our net sales and 70% of our 
operating income in the second and third quarters of the year.  These quarters represent the peak months of swimming pool use, 
pool and irrigation installation and remodeling and repair activities.  Unfavorable weather during these quarters in our largest 
geographic regions can significantly affect our results.  Unseasonably late warming trends in the spring or early cooling trends 
in  the  fall  can  shorten  the  length  of  the  pool  season.  Also,  unseasonably  cool  weather  or  excessive  rainfall  during  the  peak 
season can have an adverse impact on demand due to decreased swimming pool use, installation and maintenance, as well as 
decreased  irrigation  installations.  While  warmer  weather  conditions  generally  impact  our  sales  favorably,  global  warming 
trends and other significant climate changes can create more variability in the short term or lead to other unfavorable weather 
conditions that could adversely impact our sales or operations.  Drought conditions or water management initiatives may lead to 
government-imposed water use restrictions.  Such restrictions could result in decreased pool and irrigation system installations 
which could negatively impact our sales.  

Certain  extreme  weather  events  and  natural  disasters,  such  as  hurricanes,  tornadoes,  earthquakes,  tropical  storms,  floods, 
drought and wildfires, may adversely impact us in several ways, including interfering with our ability to deliver our products 
and  services,  interfering  with  our  receipt  of  supplies  from  our  vendors,  reducing  demand  for  our  products  and  services,  and 
damaging our facilities.  We have experienced short-term impacts on our sales due to closures from weather events in recent 
years,  including  Hurricane  Ian  in  Florida  in  2022.  Although  these  events  have  not  had  any  material  lasting  impacts  on  our 
business or resulted in any material permanent operational challenges, similar events could adversely affect our business in the 
future.  The areas in which we operate, including California, Florida, Texas and other coastal areas, have experienced recent 
natural disasters or present increased risks of adverse weather or natural disasters.  The physical effects of climate change may 
increase the frequency or severity of natural disasters and other extreme weather events in the future, which would increase our 
exposure to these risks. 

For additional discussion regarding seasonality and weather, see Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial 
Condition and Results of Operations - Seasonality and Quarterly Fluctuations,” of this Form 10-K. 

13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our distribution business is highly dependent on our ability to maintain favorable and stable relationships with suppliers. 

As a distribution company, maintaining favorable relationships with our suppliers is critical to our success.  We believe that we 
add  considerable  value  to  the  swimming  pool  and  irrigation  supply  chains  by  purchasing  products  from  a  large  number  of 
manufacturers and distributing the products to a highly fragmented customer base on conditions that are more favorable than 
these  customers  could  obtain  on  their  own.  We  believe  that  we  currently  enjoy  good  relationships  with  our  suppliers,  who 
generally offer us competitive pricing, return policies and promotional allowances.  However, any failure to maintain favorable 
relationships with our suppliers could have an adverse effect on our business. 

Our  largest  suppliers  are  Pentair  plc,  Hayward  Pool  Products,  Inc.  and  Zodiac  Pool  Systems,  Inc.,  which  accounted  for 
approximately 19%, 10% and 10%, respectively, of the costs of products we sold in 2023.  A decision by our largest suppliers, 
acting  individually  or  in  concert,  to  sell  their  products  directly  to  retailers  or  other  end  users  of  their  products,  bypassing 
distribution  companies  like  ours,  would  have  an  adverse  effect  on  our  business.  Additionally,  if  our  suppliers  experience 
difficulties or disruptions in their operations, if there is any material interruption in our supply chain (such as the interruptions 
caused by the COVID-19 pandemic and exacerbated by the war in Ukraine) or if we lose a single significant supplier due to 
financial failure or a decision to sell exclusively to retailers or end-use consumers, we may experience increased supply costs or 
delays  in  establishing  replacement  supply  sources  that  meet  our  quality  and  control  standards,  which  may  affect  our 
profitability.  

Failure to achieve and maintain a high level of product and service quality and safety could damage our reputation, expose 
us to litigation and negatively impact our financial performance. 

We rely on a global network of manufacturers and other suppliers to provide us with the products we distribute.  To succeed, 
we must continue to maintain effective business relationships with qualified suppliers who can timely and efficiently supply us 
with  high  quality  products.  As  we  increase  the  number  of  our  proprietary  and  exclusive  brand  products.  we  distribute,  our 
exposure  to  potential  liability  claims  may  increase.  Product  and  service  quality  issues  could  negatively  impact  customer 
confidence in our brands and our business.  If our product and service offerings do not meet applicable safety standards or our 
customers’ expectations regarding safety or quality, we could experience lost sales and increased costs and be exposed to legal, 
financial  and  reputational  risks,  as  well  as  governmental  enforcement  actions.  Actual,  potential  or  perceived  product  safety 
concerns, including health-related concerns, could damage our reputation with current or prospective customers, vendors and 
employees.  Product quality or safety issues could also expose us to litigation, as well as government enforcement actions, and 
result in costly product recalls and other liabilities.  Similar concerns impacting our competitors could damage the reputation of 
our industry and indirectly have an unfavorable impact on our operations. 

We face intense competition both from within our industry and from other leisure product alternatives. 

Within  our  industry,  we  directly  compete  against  various  regional  and  local  distributors  for  the  business  of  pool  owners  and 
other end-use customers.  We indirectly compete against mass market retailers and large pool or irrigation supply retailers as 
they  purchase  the  great  majority  of  their  supplies  directly  from  manufacturers.  We  compete  to  a  lesser  extent  with  internet 
retailers, as they purchase the majority of their supplies from distributors.  Outside of our industry, we compete indirectly with 
alternative suppliers of big-ticket consumer discretionary products, such as boat and motor home distributors, and with other 
companies who rely on discretionary homeowner expenditures, such as home remodelers.  

New competitors may emerge as there are low barriers to entry in our industry, which has led to highly competitive markets 
consisting  of  various-sized  entities,  ranging  from  small  or  local  operators  to  large  regional  businesses.  If  our  customers  are 
attracted by the alternatives afforded by any of our competitors, they may be less inclined to purchase products or services from 
us,  impacting  our  results  of  operations.  Given  the  density  and  demand  for  pool  products,  some  geographic  markets  that  we 
serve also tend to have a higher concentration of competitors than others, particularly California, Texas, Florida and Arizona.  
These  states  encompass  our  four  largest  markets  and  represented  approximately  54%  of  our  net  sales  in  2023.  The  entry  of 
significant new competitors into these markets could negatively impact our sales. 

More aggressive competition by store- and internet-based mass merchants and large pool or irrigation supply retailers could 
adversely affect our sales. 

Mass market retailers today carry a limited range of, and devote a limited amount of shelf space to, merchandise and products 
targeted to our industry.  Historically, mass market retailers have generally expanded by adding new stores and product breadth, 
but their product offering of pool and irrigation related products has remained relatively constant.  Should store- and internet-
based  mass  market  retailers  increase  their  focus  on  the  pool  or  irrigation  industries  or  increase  the  breadth  of  their  pool  and 
irrigation and related product offerings, they may become a more significant competitor for our direct customers and end-use 

14 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
consumers,  which  could  have  an  adverse  impact  on  our  business.  Additionally,  because  the  internet  facilitates  competitive 
entry, price transparency and comparison shopping, increased internet sales by us or our competitors could increase the level of 
competition  we  face  or  reduce  our  margin.  Further,  we  may  face  additional  competitive  pressures  if  large  pool  or  irrigation 
supply retailers look to expand their customer base to compete more directly within the distribution channel. 

We depend on our ability to attract, develop and retain highly qualified personnel. 

We consider our employees to be the foundation for our growth and success.  As such, our future success depends in large part 
on  our  ability  to  attract,  retain  and  motivate  qualified  personnel.  This  includes  succession  planning  related  to  our  executive 
officers and key management personnel.  Hiring and retaining such qualified individuals may be adversely impacted by several 
factors, including (i) uncertainties regarding general economic conditions or our industry, (ii) our failure to offer competitive 
compensation and (iii) increased competition for qualified individuals.  If we are unable to attract and retain key personnel, our 
operating results could be adversely affected. 

Given the seasonal nature of our business, we may hire additional employees during the summer months, including seasonal 
and part-time employees, who generally are not employed during the off-season.  If we are unable to attract and hire additional 
personnel during the peak season, our operating results could be negatively impacted.  Additionally, competition for qualified 
employees could require us to pay higher wages to attract and retain a sufficient number of employees. 

The  pandemic  and  other  events  over  the  past  few  years  have  increased  employees’  expectations  regarding  compensation, 
workplace flexibility and work-home balance.  These developments have made it more difficult for us to attract and retain top 
talent.  While we do not expect these developments to have a material adverse impact on us, we can provide no assurances to 
this effect. 

Past growth may not be indicative of future growth. 

Historically,  we  have  experienced  substantial  sales  growth  through  organic  market  share  gains,  new  sales  center  openings, 
expanded  product  offerings  and  acquisitions  that  have  increased  our  size,  scope  and  geographic  distribution.  Our  various 
business  strategies  and  initiatives,  including  our  growth  initiatives,  are  subject  to  business,  economic  and  competitive 
uncertainties  and  contingencies,  many  of  which  are  beyond  our  control.  While  we  contemplate  continued  growth  through 
internal expansion and acquisitions, no assurance can be made as to our ability to: 

penetrate new markets; 
generate sufficient cash flows to support expansion plans and general operating activities; 
obtain financing; 
identify appropriate acquisition candidates and successfully integrate acquired businesses; 
identify appropriate locations for new sales centers and successfully integrate them into our network; 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
•  maintain favorable supplier arrangements and relationships; and 
• 

identify and divest assets which do not continue to create value consistent with our objectives. 

If we do not successfully manage these potential difficulties or successfully execute our business strategies and initiatives, our 
operating results could be adversely affected. 

The COVID-19 pandemic positively impacted home-centric trends in all of our markets, which led to a non-recurring surge of 
investment in pools and other backyard products.  This surge abated in mid-2022, when spending on these products began to 
decrease.  Although we expect our financial performance to match or exceed pre-pandemic levels, we do not expect our near-
term sales to match the levels experienced at the height of the pandemic. 

We  are  subject  to  inventory  management  risks.  Insufficient  inventory  may  result  in  lost  sales  opportunities  or  delayed 
revenue, while excess inventory may negatively impact our gross margin. 

We  balance  the  need  to  maintain  inventory  levels  that  are  sufficient  to  ensure  competitive  lead  times  and  mitigate  potential 
supply  chain  constraints  against  the  risk  of  inventory  obsolescence  due  to  changing  customer  or  consumer  requirements  and 
fluctuating commodity prices.  In order to successfully manage our inventories, we must estimate demand from our customers 
and purchase products that substantially correspond to consumer demand.  If we overestimate demand and purchase too much 
of a particular product, we face a risk that the price of that product will fall, leaving us with inventory that we cannot sell at 
normal profit margins.  In addition, we may have to write down such inventory if we are unable to sell it for its recorded value.  
If  we  underestimate  demand  and  purchase  insufficient  quantities  of  products,  inventory  shortages  could  result  in  delayed 
revenue or loss of sales opportunities altogether as potential customers turn to competitors’ products that are readily available.  

15 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
If we maintain insufficient inventory levels and prices rise for these products, we could be forced to purchase products at higher 
prices and forego profitability in order to meet customer demand.  While always present, these challenges have been heightened 
over the past couple of years, as the pandemic altered consumer spending trends and caused us to increase our investments in 
inventory.  Our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  could  be  negatively  impacted  if  we  are  unable  to 
accurately forecast demand for our products. 

Risks Relating to Technology, Cybersecurity and Data Privacy 

We  rely  on  information  technology  systems  to  support  our  business  operations.  A  significant  disruption,  breach  or 
cybersecurity  attack  of  our  technological  infrastructure  could  adversely  affect  our  financial  condition  and  results  of 
operations.  

Information technology supports several aspects of our business, including among others, product sourcing, pricing, customer 
service,  transaction  processing,  inventory  management,  financial  reporting,  collections  and  cost  management.  Our  ability  to 
operate  effectively  on  a  day-to-day  basis,  communicate  with  our  customers  and  accurately  report  our  results  depends  on  a 
reliable  technological  infrastructure,  which  is  inherently  susceptible  to  internal  and  external  threats.  We  are  vulnerable  to 
interruption, including by fire, natural disaster, power loss, telecommunication failures, internet failures, security breaches and 
other catastrophic events.  Exposure to various types of cyber-attacks such as malware, computer viruses, worms, ransomware, 
social  engineering  or  other  malicious  acts,  as  well  as  human  error,  could  also  potentially  disrupt  our  operations,  result  in  a 
significant interruption in the delivery of our goods and services or result in the loss of sensitive data.  

We are making, and expect to continue to make, investments in technology to maintain and update our computer systems and to 
expand our ability to engage in e-commerce with our customers.  We may experience delays in making these updates and may 
not implement these changes as quickly or successfully as our customers expect.  In addition, implementing significant system 
changes  increases  the  risk  of  computer  system  disruption.  The  potential  problems  and  interruptions  associated  with 
implementing technology initiatives or conversions (including those contemplated under our multi-year digital transformation 
project),  as  well  as  providing  training  and  support  for  those  initiatives,  could  disrupt  or  reduce  our  operational  efficiency.  
Advances  in  computer  and  software capabilities,  encryption  technology  and  other  discoveries  increase the complexity  of  our 
technological  environment,  including  how  each  interact  with  our  various  software  platforms.  Such  advances  could  delay  or 
hinder our ability to process transactions or could compromise the integrity of our data, resulting in a material adverse impact 
on our financial condition and results of operations.  We also may experience occasional system interruptions and delays that 
make our information systems unavailable or slow to respond, including the interaction of our information systems with those 
of third parties or the failure of software of services provided by third parties that we do not control.  A lack of sophistication or 
reliability  of  our  information  systems  could  adversely  impact  our  operations  and  customer  service  and  could  require  major 
repairs or replacements, resulting in significant costs and foregone revenue. 

We devote significant resources to protect our systems and data from cyber-attacks.  In recent years we have faced, and expect 
to  continue  to  face,  various  attempted  cyber-attacks  of  increasing  sophistication.  To  date,  we  are  not  aware  of  any 
cybersecurity  incident or  threat that materially  impacted  or  could  reasonably  be anticipated  to  materially  affect our  business, 
results of operations or financial condition.  However, we cannot guarantee that we will not experience such an incident in the 
future.  The risk of breaches is likely to continue to increase due to several factors, including the increasing sophistication of 
cyber-attacks,  the  wider  accessibility  of  cyber-attack  tools,  the  expanded  size,  use  and  complexity  of  our  systems,  and  our 
increased reliance on e-commerce, open source software, cloud computer services and work-from-home staffing.  Known and 
newly discovered software and hardware vulnerabilities are constantly evolving, which increases the difficulty of detecting and 
successfully defending against them.  Consequently, we may not be able to implement security barriers or other preventative 
measures that repel all future cyber-attacks or detect such attacks in a timely manner, which may result in significant expenses 
from  system  downtime,  lower  sales,  increases  in  insurance  costs,  fines  and  fees,  lost  business  relationships,  managerial 
distractions,  litigation,  increases  to  regulatory  oversight,  expenditures  for  additional  threat  prevention  technologies  or 
reputational harm, any of which could materially impact us. 

Although we maintain insurance coverage that may, subject to policy terms and conditions (including self-insured deductibles, 
coverage restrictions and monetary coverage caps), cover certain aspects of our cyber risks, such insurance coverage may be 
unavailable or insufficient to cover our losses. 

Failure  to  maintain  the  security  of  confidential  information  could  damage  our  reputation  and  expose  us  to  litigation.  
Additionally, changes in data privacy laws and our ability to comply with them could have a material adverse effect on us. 

We collect and store data that is sensitive to us and our employees, customers and vendors.  The failure to maintain security 
over  and  prevent  unauthorized  access  to  our  data,  our  customers’  personal  information,  including  credit  card  information,  or 

16 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
data  belonging  to  our  suppliers,  could  put  us  at  a  competitive  disadvantage.  Such  a  breach  could  result  in  damage  to  our 
reputation  and  subject  us  to  potential  litigation,  liability,  fines  and  penalties  and  require  us  to  incur  significant  expense  to 
address  and  remediate  or  otherwise  resolve  these  issues,  resulting  in  a  possible  material  adverse  impact  on  our  financial 
condition and results of operations. 

A  variety  of  state,  national,  foreign  and  international  laws  and  regulations  apply  to  the  collection,  use,  retention,  protection, 
security,  disclosure,  transfer  and  other  processing  of  personal  and  other  data.  The  European  Union  and  other  international 
regulators,  as  well  as  state  governments,  have  recently  enacted  or  enhanced  data  privacy  regulations,  such  as  the  California 
Consumer  Privacy  Rights  Act,  and  other  governments  are  considering  establishing  similar  or  stronger  protections.  These 
regulations impose certain obligations for handling specified personal information in our systems and for apprising individuals 
of the information we have collected about them.  Many of these laws are complex and change frequently and often conflict 
with the laws in other jurisdictions.  Despite our best efforts to comply, any noncompliance could result in incurring potential 
substantial penalties and reputational damage. 

Risks Relating to Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Matters 

The  nature  of  our  business  subjects  us  to  compliance  with  employment,  environmental,  health,  transportation,  safety  and 
other  governmental  regulations.  Our  costs  of  doing  business  could  increase  as  a  result  of  changes  in,  expanded 
enforcement of, or adoption of new federal, state or local laws and regulations. 

We are subject to numerous federal, state, local and international laws and regulations, many of which are complex and subject 
to  varying  interpretations,  including  regulations  related  to  employment,  environmental,  health,  transportation  and  safety 
requirements,  which  govern  such  things  as  packaging,  labeling,  handling,  transportation,  storage  and  sale  of  chemicals  and 
fertilizers.  These laws and regulations, and related interpretations and enforcement activity, may change as a result of a variety 
of factors, including political, economic or social events.  Changes in, expanded enforcement of, or adoption of new federal, 
state, local or international laws and regulations, including those governing minimum wage or living wage requirements, the 
classification of exempt and non-exempt employees or other wage, labor or workplace regulations, could increase our costs of 
doing business and adversely impact our results of operations. 

We  sell  algaecides  and  pest  control  products  that  are  regulated  as  pesticides  under  the  Federal  Insecticide,  Fungicide  and 
Rodenticide  Act  and  various  state  pesticide  laws.  These  laws  primarily  relate  to  labeling,  annual  registration  and  licensing.  
Management  has  processes  in  place  to  facilitate  and  support  our  compliance  with  these  requirements.  However,  failure  to 
comply with these laws and regulations may result in investigations, the assessment of administrative, civil and criminal fines, 
damages, seizures, disgorgements, penalties or the imposition of injunctive relief.  Moreover, compliance with such laws and 
regulations  in  the  future  could  prove  to  be  costly.  Although  we  presently  do  not  expect  to  incur  any  capital  or  other 
expenditures  relating  to  regulatory  matters  in  amounts  that  may  be  material  to  us,  we  may  be  required  to  make  such 
expenditures in the future.  These laws and regulations have changed substantially and rapidly over the last 25 years, and we 
anticipate that there will be continuing changes.  

The clear trend in environmental, health, transportation and safety regulations is to place more restrictions and limitations on 
activities  that  impact  the  environment,  such  as  the  use  and  handling  of  chemicals  and  the  discharge  of  greenhouse  gases.  
Increasingly, strict restrictions and limitations have resulted in higher operating costs for us, and it is possible that the costs of 
compliance with such laws and regulations will continue to increase.  Our attempts to anticipate future regulatory requirements 
that  might  be  imposed  and  our  plans  to  remain  in  compliance  with  changing  regulations  and  to  minimize  the  costs  of  such 
compliance may not be as effective as we anticipate. 

Governmental actions designed to address climate change or the failure to meet environmental social and governance (ESG) 
expectations or standards or achieve our ESG goals could adversely affect our business. 

Concern  over  climate  change  has  led  to,  and  may  in  the  future  lead  to,  new  or  increased  legal  and  regulatory  requirements 
designed  to  reduce  or  mitigate  the  effects  of  climate  change,  which  could  increase  our  operating  or  capital  expenses  and 
compliance burdens.  In particular, advocates of change are continuing to explore ways to reduce greenhouse gas emissions.  
These changes over time could affect the availability and cost of certain consumer products, commodities and energy, which in 
turn may impact our ability to procure certain products or services required for the operation of our business at the quantities 
and levels we require.  The regulation of greenhouse gas emissions could result in additional taxes or other costs to us or require 
us to modify our facilities or vehicle fleet.  Changes in customers’ attitudes toward the environmental impact of pools’ energy 
consumption or pool chemical products could reduce demand for our products. 

17 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We have set certain targets aimed at reducing our impact on the environment and climate change.  These initiatives reflect our 
current plans and aspirations, and it is possible that we may not be able to achieve such targets or our desired impact, which 
may cause us to suffer from legal claims, reputational damage or a loss of demand for our products.  Actions we take to achieve 
our strategy or targets could result in increased costs to our operations.  Investors or other stakeholders could react negatively to 
our targets or other positions we take on ESG matters, which could negatively impact our relationships with such stakeholders. 

Various governmental bodies in Europe and the United States, particularly in the state of California, have adopted or proposed 
laws or regulations increasing the obligations of companies to disclose information about their emissions and other similar data. 
We expect that these initiatives will increase our operating costs and expose us to additional risk. 

We store chemicals, fertilizers and other combustible materials that involve fire, safety and casualty risks. 

We  store  chemicals  and  fertilizers,  including  certain  combustibles  and  oxidizing  compounds,  at  our  sales  centers.  A  fire, 
explosion or flood affecting one of our facilities could give rise to fire, safety and casualty losses and related liability claims.  
We maintain what we believe is prudent insurance protection.  However, we cannot guarantee that our insurance coverage will 
be adequate to cover future claims that may arise or that we will be able to maintain adequate insurance in the future at rates we 
consider  reasonable.  Successful  claims  for  which  we  are  not  fully  insured  may  adversely  affect  our  working  capital  and 
profitability. 
In  addition,  changes  in  the  insurance  industry  have  generally  led  to  higher  insurance  costs  and  decreased 
availability of coverage. 

We conduct business internationally, which exposes us to additional risks. 

Our ability to successfully conduct operations in, and source products and materials from, international markets is affected by 
many  of  the  same  risks  we  face  in  our  U.S.  operations,  as  well  as  unique  costs  and  difficulties  of  managing  international 
operations.  Our international operations, including Canada and Mexico, which accounted for 7% of our total net sales in 2023, 
expose us to certain additional risks, including: 

• 
• 
• 
• 

• 
• 

difficulty in staffing international subsidiary operations; 
different political, economic and regulatory conditions; 
local laws and customs; 
currency fluctuations (including the current strength of the U.S. dollar compared to foreign currencies), exchange 
controls and repatriation restrictions; 
adverse tax consequences; and 
adverse consequences for violating anti-corruption, anti-competition, economic sanctions, immigration and other laws 
governing international commerce. 

For  foreign-sourced  products,  we  may  be  subject  to  certain  trade  restrictions  that  would  prevent  us  from  obtaining  products.  
There is also a greater risk that we may not be able to access products in a timely and efficient manner.  Fluctuations in other 
factors relating to international trade, such as tariffs, transportation costs and inflation are additional risks for our international 
operations. 

We do not have operations in Israel, Russia or Ukraine.  However, the contributory effects of the wars in Israel or Ukraine and 
prolonged geopolitical conflict globally may result in higher inflation, labor costs, energy and commodity prices and costs of 
materials and services (together with shortages or inconsistent availability of materials and services), which could negatively 
affect our business (particularly our European operations),  results of operations and financial condition. 

Changes in import policy or trade relations, interruptions in our supply chain or increased commodity or supply chain costs 
could adversely affect our results of operations. 

Like other companies globally, we faced supply chain disruptions across our business in 2021 and the early part of 2022, which 
led  to  increased  costs,  delays  and  in  some  cases  lost  opportunities.  As  a  result  of  these  supply  chain  disruptions,  our 
procurement  and  operational  business  functions  increased  planning  and  strategic  purchasing  and  sourced  products 
internationally where needed.  Because we source certain products from outside the United States, major changes in tax policy, 
import  or  export  regulations  or  trade  relations,  such  as  the  disallowance  of  tax  deductions  for  imported  products  or  the 
imposition  of  additional  tariffs  or  duties  on  imported  products,  could  adversely  affect  our  business,  results  of  operations, 
effective income tax rate, liquidity and net income. 

The  variability  and  complexity  of  tariffs  and  duties  exposes  us  to  the  risk  of  higher  costs  and  inadvertent  noncompliance 
associated with our imported products.  In December 2022, we recorded $13.0 million within Cost of sales related to duties and 

18 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
tariffs for certain imported chemicals that we determined, prior to submission of final liquidation amounts of our import duties 
and tariffs, that the initial code we used to classify the product may only apply to bulk purchases.  To protect against potential 
penalties and receive clarification on the issue, we voluntarily filed a disclosure with U.S. Customs and Border Protection in 
December 2022.  Changes in laws, court rulings, or differences in interpretation on product classification could lead to changes 
in duty and tariff rates on these or other imported products. 

Excess tax benefits or deficiencies recognized from our accounting for share-based awards impact our reported earnings. 

In  2017,  we  adopted  Accounting  Standards  Update  (ASU)  2016-09,  Improvements  to  Employee  Share-Based  Payment 
Accounting.  Our projections of financial statement impacts related to ASU 2016-09 are subject to several assumptions which 
can vary significantly, including our estimated share price and the period that our employees will exercise vested stock options.  
Excess  tax  benefits  or  deficiencies  recognized  under  ASU  2016-09  vary  from  quarter  to  quarter  and  past  results  may  not  be 
indicative of future results.  

Risks Relating to Our Indebtedness 

The cost of servicing our debt could reduce our profitability if interest rates remain at elevated levels. 

Our  unsecured  syndicated  senior  credit  facility,  term  facility  and  receivable  facility  bear  interest  at  variable  rates.  We  have 
entered into interest rate swap contracts and a forward-starting interest rate swap contract to reduce our exposure to fluctuations 
in  variable  interest  rates  on  current  and  future  interest  payments  that  we  owe  on  a  portion  of  our  variable  rate  borrowings.  
Interest rates over the past two years have been substantially higher than the three years prior to 2022, which has increased our 
debt  expense.  If  interest  rates  remain  elevated  or  increase,  the  cost  of  servicing  our  variable  rate  debt  not  covered  by  our 
interest rate swaps could materially reduce our profitability and cash flows.  For additional information regarding our interest 
rate risk, see Item 7A, “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk” of this Form 10-K. 

General Risks 

Changes in tax laws and accounting standards related to tax matters have caused, and may in the future cause, fluctuations 
in our effective tax rate. 

Taxation  and  tax  policy  changes,  tax  rate  changes,  new  tax  laws,  revised  tax  law  interpretations  and  changes  in  accounting 
standards and guidance related to tax matters may cause fluctuations in or adversely affect our effective tax rate.  Our effective 
tax rate may also be impacted by changes in the geographic mix of our earnings. 

We cannot assure you we will continue paying dividends at the current rates, or at all. 

We  cannot  assure  you  we  will  continue  periodic  dividends  on  our  capital  stock  at  the  current  rates,  or  at  all.  Any  quarterly 
dividends on our common stock will be paid from funds legally available for such purpose when, and if, declared by our Board 
of  Directors.  Decisions  on  whether,  when  and  in  which  amounts  to  continue  making  any  future  dividend  distributions  will 
remain  at  all  times  entirely  at  the  discretion  of  our  Board  of  Directors,  which  reserves  the  right  to  change  or  terminate  our 
dividend practices at any time and for any reason without prior notice.  Holders of our common stock should be aware they 
have no contractual or other legal right to receive dividends. 

Similarly, holders of our common stock should be aware that repurchases of our common stock under any repurchase plan then 
in  effect  are  completely  discretionary  and  may  be  suspended  or  discontinued  at  any  time  for  any  reason  regardless  of  our 
financial position. 

Lapses in our disclosure controls and procedures or internal control over financial reporting could materially and adversely 
affect us. 

We  maintain  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurances  regarding  the  accuracy  and 
completeness  of  our  SEC  reports  and  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance 
regarding  the  reliability  and  compliance  with  U.S.  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  (GAAP)  of  our  financial 
statements.  We cannot assure you these measures will be effective. 

19 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments 

None. 

20 

 
Item 1C.  Cybersecurity 

Risk Management and Strategy 

Our  cybersecurity  program,  which  is  primarily  documented  in  our  business  interruption  and  incident  response  policy,  is 
designed to assess, identify and manage material risks from cybersecurity threats, and is a component of our overall enterprise 
risk  program.  We  deploy  multiple  strategies  and  dedicate  significant  resources  toward  systems  designed  to  identify,  assess, 
manage,  mitigate  and  respond  to  cybersecurity  threats.  We  also  consistently  strive  to  improve  the  detection  and  response 
capabilities of our cybersecurity program.  To do this, we monitor best practices across the cybersecurity space and endeavor to 
incorporate those in our own cybersecurity program. 

Our  cybersecurity  policies  and  procedures  include  the  controls  and  technology  we  use  to  identify,  assess  and  respond  to 
cybersecurity threats and incidents.  These policies and procedures also focus on identifying vulnerabilities in our internal and 
external environments and remediating those vulnerabilities.  To combat cybersecurity risk, we focus on proactive procedures 
such  as  patch  management  and  quarterly  cybersecurity  training  of  our  employees.  In  an  effort  to  mitigate  cyber  risks  for 
customer-facing software, we incorporate the protocols described above along with software specific programs such as a bug 
bounty system and partnerships with external experts. 

We  evaluate  our  controls  and  response  protocols  at  least  twice  a  year  using  external  third-party  assessors  and  consultants  in 
both advisory and adversarial engagements.  These third-party experts are familiar with our systems and could be retained in the 
event of a significant incident to assist us in evaluating and responding to such an incident.  We incorporate the lessons learned 
from  these  engagements  into  our  cybersecurity  program.  Our  cybersecurity  program  also  includes  controls  to  manage  risks 
associated  with  our  use  of  third-party  service  providers;  however,  we  cannot  ensure  in  all  circumstances  that  their  defensive 
efforts will be successful. 

Like most large organizations, we face constant and dynamic risks related to cybersecurity.  In recent years we have faced, and 
expect  to  continue  to  face,  various  attempted  cyber-attacks  of  increasing  sophistication.  To  date,  we  are  not  aware  of  any 
cybersecurity  incident or  threat that materially  impacted  or  could  reasonably  be anticipated  to  materially  affect our  business, 
results of operations or financial condition.  However, we cannot guarantee that we will not experience such an incident in the 
future.  For  a  further  description  of  these  risks,  see  “Risk  Factors  –  Risks  Relating  to  Technology,  Cybersecurity  and  Data 
Privacy,” included in Item 1A of this Form 10-K, which should be read in conjunction with this Item 1C.  

Governance 

Our  Board  of  Directors  (Board)  is  responsible  for  oversight  of  our  risk  management  programs  and  assisting  management  in 
addressing specific risks, including cybersecurity risks.  The Audit Committee assists our Board in reviewing cybersecurity and 
other information technology risks, controls and procedures, including our plans to mitigate cybersecurity risks and to respond 
to data breaches.  The Audit Committee also helps in reviewing with management any specific cybersecurity issues that could 
have a material impact on us.  Our Chief Information Officer (CIO) provides the Board with updates on cybersecurity risks at 
regularly  scheduled  board  meetings  at  least  twice  a  year.  These  updates  include  the  results  of  any  third-party  reviews  and 
related remediation items.  

Primary responsibility for assessing, monitoring and managing our cybersecurity risks rests with our CIO who has held that role 
since 2019 and has been employed by the company since 2004.  With almost 20 years of experience in cybersecurity, our CIO 
has  extensive  cybersecurity  expertise  and  in-depth  knowledge  and  experience  instrumental  in  developing  and  executing  our 
cybersecurity  strategies.  Our  CIO  oversees  our  cyber  governance  programs,  evaluates  our  compliance  with  applicable 
standards and remediates known risks.  Our CIO also oversees our internal phishing tests, leads our employee cyber training 
program  and  seeks  to  promote  company-wide  awareness  of  cybersecurity  risk  through  broad-based  communications  and 
educational initiatives. 

At  the  day-to-day  operational  level,  our  CIO  manages  an  information  security  team  tasked  with  executing  our  cybersecurity 
program.  This team includes a director of network security, technical director of enterprise architecture, system architects and 
network security staff.  Members of our information technology (IT) management group, led by our CIO, have extensive years 
of combined experience in defending large, complex corporate environments.  Our CIO, IT management group, architects and 
network  security  team  members  receive  briefings  and  annual  training  on  cybersecurity  threats  and  response  methods  that 
provide real world threat scenarios to measure the effectiveness of our programs and technologies in protecting our systems.  
Our team of professionals also monitors our compliance with laws governing privacy rights, data protection and cybersecurity. 

Our  incident  response  policy  outlines  our  protocols  for  assessing,  managing  and  responding  to  cyber  incidents.  This  policy 
guides the response of our global IT team, which, depending on the significance of the incident, includes activating response 
plans from third-party partners, escalating the issue to executive management, notifying one or more members of our Board, 
maintaining communication with users and notifying law enforcement and other agencies if warranted.  We may also receive 
assistance from a third-party security operations center (SOC) and other industry-leading third-party providers.   

21 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 2.  Properties 

We  lease  the  Pool  Corporation  corporate  offices,  which  consist  of  approximately  60,000  square  feet  of  office  space  in 
Covington, Louisiana, from an entity in which we have a 50% ownership interest.  We own fifteen sales center facilities, which 
includes  six  sales  center  facilities  in  Florida,  three  in  Texas,  two  in  Alabama,  and  one  in  each  of  California,  Georgia, 
Mississippi and Tennessee.  

As part of our acquisition of Porpoise Pool & Patio, Inc. in December 2021, we own the corporate headquarters, which consist 
of approximately 46,000 square feet, and the Sun Wholesale Supply facilities located in Florida, which consist of approximately 
209,000  square  feet.  As  part  of  this  acquisition,  we  also  acquired  a  chemical  re-packaging  plant  in  Florida,  which  is 
approximately 105,000 square feet. 

We lease all of our other properties, and the majority of our leases have three to seven year terms.  As of December 31, 2023, 
we had twenty-two leases with remaining terms longer than seven years that expire between 2031 and 2036.  Most of our leases 
contain  renewal  options,  some  of  which  involve  rent  increases.  In  addition  to  minimum  rental  payments,  which  are  set  at 
competitive rates, certain leases require reimbursement for taxes, maintenance and insurance.  We do not believe that any single 
lease is material to our operations. 

Our sales centers range in size from approximately 2,000 square feet to 95,000 square feet and generally consist of warehouse, 
counter, display and office space.  Our centralized shipping locations (CSLs) range in size from approximately 115,000 square 
feet to 185,000 square feet. 

We believe that our facilities are well maintained, suitable for our business and occupy sufficient space to meet our operating 
needs.  As part of our normal business, we regularly evaluate sales center performance and site suitability and may relocate a 
sales center or consolidate multiple locations if a sales center is redundant in a market, underperforming or otherwise deemed 
unsuitable. We do not believe that any single lease is material to our operations. 

The table below summarizes the changes in our sales centers during the year ended December 31, 2023: 

Network 
SCP (1) 
Superior 
Horizon 
NPT (2) 

Total Domestic 
SCP International 

Total 

12/31/22 

196 
73 
88 
19 
376 
44 
420 

New 
Locations 
7 
1 
2 
2 
12 
2 
14 

Closed 
Location 

Acquired 
Location 

12/31/23 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

2 
— 
2 
— 
4 
1 
5 

205 
74 
92 
21 
392 
47 
439 

(1)  Total includes one distribution location for Sun Wholesale Supply, which we acquired in December 2021.  As part of 
the acquisition, we also acquired non-sales center properties including a chemical re-packaging plant and three Pinch 
A Penny, Inc. retail stores in Florida. 
In addition to the stand-alone NPT sales centers, there are over 100 SCP and Superior locations that have consumer 
showrooms and serve as stocking locations that feature NPT brand tile and composite finish products.  

(2) 

22 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The tables below identify the number of sales centers in each state, territory or country by distribution network as of December 31, 2023: 

Location 
United States 

California 
Florida 
Texas 
Arizona 
Washington 
Georgia 
North Carolina 
Tennessee 
Nevada 
New York 
Alabama 
New Jersey 
Pennsylvania 
Virginia 
Louisiana 
Illinois 
Indiana 
Oregon 
South Carolina 
Colorado 
Missouri 
Ohio 
Oklahoma 
Arkansas 
Idaho 
Massachusetts 
Connecticut 
Kansas 
Michigan 
Minnesota 
Mississippi 
Wisconsin 
Hawaii 
Iowa 
Kentucky 
Maryland 
Nebraska 
New Mexico 

North Dakota 
Puerto Rico 
Utah 
West Virginia 
Total United States 

SCP 

Superior 

Horizon 

NPT 

Total 

19 

17 

22 

11 

8 

— 

2 

— 

3 

— 

— 

— 

— 

3 

— 

— 

— 

4 

— 

1 

— 

— 

— 

— 
2 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 
— 

— 

— 

92 

6 

1 

5 

3 

— 

1 

1 

— 

1 

— 

— 

— 

1 

— 

1 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

1 

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 
— 

— 

— 

21 

79 

64 

59 

30 

11 

10 

10 

10 

9 

9 

7 

7 

7 

7 

6 

5 

5 

5 

5 

4 

4 

4 

4 

3 
3 

3 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

392 

25 

5 

5 

8 

— 

2 

2 

4 

3 

— 

2 

2 

1 

1 

— 

1 

3 

— 

1 

2 

1 

2 

1 

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

1 

— 

1 

— 

— 

1 

— 

— 

— 
— 
— 

— 

— 

74 

29 

41 

27 

8 

3 

7 

5 

6 

2 

9 

5 

5 

5 

3 

5 

4 

2 

1 

4 

1 

3 

2 

2 

3 
1 

3 

2 

2 

2 

1 

2 

1 

1 

1 

— 

1 

1 

1 
1 
1 

1 

1 

205 

23 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Location 
International 

Canada 
France 
Australia 
Mexico 
Portugal 
Italy 
Spain 
Belgium 
Croatia 
Germany 
United Kingdom 
Total International 
Total 

SCP 

Superior 

Horizon 

NPT 

Total 

17 

8 

6 

5 

3 

2 

2 

1 

1 

1 

1 

47 

252 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

74 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

92 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

21 

17 

8 

6 

5 

3 

2 

2 

1 

1 

1 

1 

47 

439 

24 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 3.  Legal Proceedings 

From time to time, we are subject to various claims and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business, including product 
liability,  personal  injury,  commercial,  contract  and  employment  matters.  While  the  outcome  of  any  litigation  is  inherently 
unpredictable, based on currently available facts, we do not believe that the ultimate resolution of any of these matters will have 
a material adverse impact on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. 

Item 4.  Mine Safety Disclosures 

Not applicable. 

25 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 5.  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity 

PART II. 

Securities 

Common Stock 

Our common stock is traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the trading symbol “POOL.”  On February 20, 2024, 
there were approximately 782 holders of record of our common stock and a significantly larger number of beneficial holders of 
our common stock.  

Common Stock Dividends 

We initiated quarterly dividend payments to our shareholders in the second quarter of 2004 and we have continued payments in 
each subsequent quarter.  Our Board has increased the dividend amount eighteen times, including in the fourth quarter of 2004, 
annually in the second quarters of 2005 through 2008 and in the second quarters of 2011 through 2023.  Our Board may declare 
future  dividends  at  its  discretion,  after  considering  various  factors,  including  our  earnings,  capital  requirements,  financial 
position, contractual restrictions and other relevant business considerations.  For a description of restrictions on dividends in our 
Credit Facility, Term Facility and Receivables Facility, see Note 5 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements,” included in 
Item 8 of this Form 10-K.  We cannot assure shareholders or potential investors that dividends will be declared or paid any time 
in the future. 

Stock Performance Graph 

The information included under the caption “Stock Performance Graph” in this Item 5 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K is 
not deemed to be “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the SEC or subject to Regulation 14A or 14C under the Securities 
Exchange  Act  of  1934  (the  1934  Act)  or  to  the  liabilities  of  Section  18  of  the  1934  Act,  and  will  not  be  deemed  to  be 
incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the 1934 Act, except to the extent we specifically 
incorporate it by reference into such a filing. 

The following graph compares the cumulative total shareholder return on our common stock for the last five fiscal years with 
the total return on the S&P 500 Index (of which we have been a member since 2020) and the Nasdaq Index for the same period, 
in each case assuming the investment of $100 on December 31, 2018 and the reinvestment of all dividends.  We believe the 
S&P  500  Index  is  comprised  of  similar-sized  public  companies  that  represent  the  most  likely  alternative  investments  for 
investors.  Additionally,  we  chose  the  S&P  500  Index  for  comparison,  as  opposed  to  an  industry  index,  because  we  do  not 
believe that we can reasonably identify a peer group or a published industry or line-of-business index that contains a sufficient 
number of companies in a similar line of business. 

26 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company / Index 
Pool Corporation 
S&P 500 Index 
Nasdaq Index 

Base 
Period 
12/31/18 
$  100.00 
100.00 
100.00 

12/31/19 
$  144.50 
131.49 
136.69 

Indexed Returns 
Years Ending 
12/31/21 
$  391.17 
200.37 
242.03 

12/31/20 
$  255.71 
155.68 
198.10 

12/31/22 
$  211.10 
164.08 
163.28 

12/31/23 
$  281.84 
207.21 
236.17 

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 

The table below summarizes the repurchases of our common stock in the fourth quarter of 2023: 

Period 
October 1 – October 31, 2023 
November 1 – November 30, 2023 
December 1 – December 31, 2023 
Total 

Total Number 
of Shares 
Purchased (1) 
25,549 

91,355

216,354

$ 

$ 

$ 

314.68 

326.90 

375.99 

333,258  $ 

357.83 

Average 
Price  
Paid per  
Share 

Total Number of 
Shares Purchased 
as Part of Publicly 
Announced Plan (2) 

Maximum Approximate 
Dollar  Value of Shares 
That May Yet be Purchased 
Under  the Plan (2) 

25,420  $ 

91,355  $ 

216,354  $ 

333,129 

455,321,054 

425,457,224 

344,111,238 

(1)  These shares may include shares of our common stock surrendered to us by employees in order to satisfy minimum tax 
withholding  obligations  in  connection  with  certain  exercises  of  employee  stock  options  or  lapses  upon  vesting  of 
restrictions on previously restricted share awards, and/or to cover the exercise price of such options granted under our 
share-based compensation plans.  There were 129 shares surrendered for this purpose in the fourth quarter of 2023. 
In  May  2023,  our  Board  authorized  an  additional  $413.6  million  under  our  share  repurchase  program  for  the 
repurchase  of  shares  of  our  common  stock  in  the  open  market  at  prevailing  market  prices  bringing  the  total 
authorization  available  under  the  program  to  $600.0  million.  As  of  February  20,  2024,  $344.1  million  of  the 
authorized amount remained available for use under our current share repurchase program. 

(2) 

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities 

There were no unregistered sales of equity securities during the three months ended December 31, 2023. 

Item 6.  [RESERVED] 

Not applicable. 

27 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

For a discussion of our base business calculations, see the RESULTS OF OPERATIONS section below. 

2023 FINANCIAL OVERVIEW 

Financial Results 

Following a period of significant growth over the prior three years, net sales decreased 10% to $5.5 billion in 2023 compared to 
$6.2 billion in 2022, resulting in a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 15% from 2019 to 2023.  Base business results 
approximated consolidated results for 2023.  Our net sales benefited approximately 3% to 4% from inflationary product cost 
increases in 2023 versus a benefit of 10% in 2022.  Unfavorable weather conditions in certain markets throughout the first half 
of the year resulted in a slow start to the swimming pool season and slower maintenance activity than anticipated, limiting sales 
in the first and second quarters.  Our results were also impacted by lower volumes of discretionary pool products sold due to 
reduced pool construction activity and discretionary replacement activity.  

Gross profit was $1.7 billion in 2023, a 14% decrease from gross profit of $1.9 billion in 2022.  Our gross profit increased at a 
16% CAGR from 2019 to 2023.  Gross margin declined 130 basis points to 30.0% in 2023 compared to 31.3% in 2022.  Our 
2023  gross  margin  is  in  line  with  our  longer-term  annual  gross  margin  outlook,  while  our  prior  year  gross  margin  benefited 
from higher levels of inflation and price increases.  

Selling  and  administrative  expenses  (operating  expenses)  increased  0.6%,  or  $5.8  million,  to  $913.5  million  in  2023.  As  a 
percentage of net sales, operating expenses increased 180 basis points to 16.5% in 2023 compared to 14.7% in 2022.  During 
2023,  volume-driven  expenses  were  managed  in  line  with  lower  sales,  and  our  largest  expense  growth  drivers  related  to 
inflationary wage increases, rent and facility costs and insurance and healthcare-related costs. 

Operating  income  for  the  year  decreased  27%  to  $746.6  million,  down  from  $1.0  billion  in  2022.  Our  operating  income 
increased at a 22% CAGR from 2019 to 2023.  Operating margin decreased 310 basis points to 13.5% in 2023 compared to 
16.6% in 2022.  

Interest and other non-operating expenses, net for the year increased $17.5 million compared to 2022, as higher average interest 
rates more than offset a decrease in average debt. 

We  recorded  a  $6.7  million,  or  $0.17  per  diluted  share,  tax  benefit  from  Accounting  Standards  Update  (ASU)  2016-09, 
Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting, for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to a tax benefit 
of $10.8 million, or $0.27 per diluted share, realized in 2022. 

Net income declined 30% to $523.2 million in 2023 compared to $748.5 million in 2022.  Earnings per share decreased 29% to  
$13.35 per diluted share compared to a record of $18.70 per diluted share in 2022.  Without the impact from ASU 2016-09 in 
both  periods,  earnings  per  diluted  share  decreased  28%  to  $13.18  per  diluted  share  compared  to  $18.43  per  diluted  share  in 
2022.  From 2019 to 2023, our earnings per diluted share increased by a 20% CAGR and a 23% CAGR without the impact 
from ASU 2016-19.  See RESULTS OF OPERATIONS below for definitions of our non-GAAP measures and reconciliations 
of our non-GAAP measures to GAAP measures.  

Financial Position and Liquidity 

Cash provided by operations was $888.2 million in 2023, which funded the following initiatives: 

• 
• 
• 
• 

a $333.5 million debt reduction 
share repurchases, totaling $306.4 million for the year; 
quarterly cash dividend payments to shareholders, totaling $167.5 million for the year; and 
net capital expenditures and acquisitions of $71.6 million. 

Total  net  receivables,  including  pledged  receivables,  decreased  2%  compared  to  December  31,  2022,  primarily  due  to  lower 
sales in 2023.  Our allowance for doubtful accounts was $11.7 million at December 31, 2023 and $9.5 million at December 31, 
2022.  Our days sales outstanding ratio, as calculated on a trailing four quarters basis, was 26.8 days at December 31, 2023 and 
26.9 days at December 31, 2022. 

28 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Inventory levels decreased 14% to $1.4 billion, compared to $1.6 billion at December 31, 2022, consistent with our inventory 
reduction goals and partially offset by increases from early buy vendor deals that we took advantage of in the last quarter of the 
year.  Our  reserve  for  inventory  obsolescence  was  $23.5  million  at  December  31,  2023  compared  to  $21.2  million  at 
December 31, 2022.  Our inventory turns, as calculated on a trailing four quarters basis, were 2.7 times at December 31, 2023 
and 2.6 times at December 31, 2022. 

Total debt outstanding of $1.1 billion at December 31, 2023 decreased $333.5 million compared to December 31, 2022 as we 
have used operating cash flows to reduce our debt. 

Current Trends and Outlook 

Over the past decade, consumers’ investments in their homes, including backyard renovations, have flourished.  In recent years, 
steady increases in home values, lack of affordable new homes and increased mortgage rates have prompted homeowners to 
stay in their homes longer and upgrade their home environments, including their backyards.  Many families have spent more 
time at home and sought opportunities to create or expand home-based outdoor living and entertainment spaces.  These outdoor 
investment  trends,  which  were  particularly  heightened  during  2020  through  2022,  resulted  in  an  increase  in  new  pool 
construction and greater expenditures for maintenance and remodeling products.  In 2023, we estimate that new in-ground pool 
construction  units  decreased  23%  to  approximately  75,000  units  from  98,000  units  in  2022  as  new  construction  activities 
declined  following  significant  growth  in  2021  and  2020.  Our  estimate  of  the  new  in-ground  pool  units  added  in  2023  is 
consistent with the 78,000 pools added in 2019.  We expect that consumers will continue to invest in outdoor living spaces as 
they consider backyards an extension of their home space.  We believe that we are well positioned to benefit from the inherent 
long-term  growth  opportunities  in  our  industry  fueled  by  favorable  population  migration  trends,  strong  housing  demand 
dynamics and product developments and technological advancements as consumers focus on more environmentally sustainable 
and energy-efficient products.  

Market conditions in 2023 were challenged by overall affordability concerns, including higher interest rates and product cost 
and labor inflation, which led to consumer hesitancy and some cyclical suppression of demand.  While these market conditions 
impacted  new  pool  construction  and  remodeling  projects,  our  non-discretionary  maintenance  product  sales  in  2023  were  not 
significantly impacted. 

In view of current trends, we established our outlook for 2024 based on reasonable expectations for industry demand, pricing 
and  inflationary  conditions,  focused  expense  management,  increased  investment  in  our  digital  transformation  initiatives  and 
ongoing leverage of existing investments in our business and continuous process improvements.  We also plan to broaden our 
geographic  presence  by  opening  about  10  or  more  new  sales  centers  in  2024  and  by  making  selective  acquisitions  when 
appropriate opportunities arise. 

We  base  our  assumptions  on  normal  weather  conditions  and  do  not  incorporate  alternative  weather  predictions  into  our 
guidance.  Favorable  weather  positively  impacts  industry  activity  by  accelerating  growth  in  any  given  year,  expanding  the 
number  of  available  construction  days,  extending  the  pool  season  and  pool  usage  and  positively  impacting  demand  for 
discretionary products.  Conversely, unfavorable weather typically impedes growth.  

The following summarizes our outlook for 2024: 

•  We  expect  sales  to  be  flat  to  a  low  single  digit  increase  compared  to  2023,  impacted  by  the  following  factors  and 

assumptions: 

◦ 
◦ 
◦ 
◦ 

◦ 

◦ 

normal weather patterns for 2024; 
sustained demand for pool maintenance products; 
volumes of discretionary products used for swimming pool construction to be flat to down 10%; 
volumes of products used in the remodeling, renovation and upgrading of swimming pools to be flat to down 
10%; 
inflationary product cost increases, which generally pass through to customers of approximately 2% to 3%; 
and 
a 1% benefit from expansion of the installed base of in-ground swimming pools. 

•  We project gross margin for the full year of 2024 to be around 30.0%, with our highest margin in the second quarter of 
the year. Our actual gross margin will depend on amounts and timing of inflationary price increases, sales and product 
mix. 

29 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
•  We expect to leverage our existing infrastructure and manage discretionary spending to maintain expenses in line with 

sales expectations to achieve operating margin of approximately 13.0%. 

In 2024, we expect our effective tax rate will be approximately 25.3% without the impact of ASU 2016-09.  Our effective tax 
rate is dependent upon our results of operations and may change if actual results are different from our current expectations.  
Due to ASU 2016-09 requirements, we expect our effective tax rate will fluctuate from quarter to quarter, particularly in periods 
when employees elect to exercise their vested stock options or when restrictions on share-based awards lapse.  We estimate that 
we have approximately $3.8 million in unrealized excess tax benefits related to stock options that expire and restricted awards 
that vest in the first quarter of 2024.  We may recognize additional tax benefits related to stock option exercises in 2024 from 
grants that expire in years after 2024, for which we have not included any expected benefits in our guidance.  The estimated 
impact related to ASU 2016-09 is subject to several assumptions which can vary significantly, including our estimated share 
price and the period that our employees will exercise vested stock options.  We recorded a $6.7 million benefit in our provision 
for income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2023 related to ASU 2016-09.  

We project that 2024 earnings will be in the range of $13.10 to $14.10 per diluted share, including an estimated $0.10 benefit 
from ASU 2016-09 during the first quarter of 2024.  We expect to continue to use cash for the payment of cash dividends as 
and when declared by our Board and to fund opportunistic share repurchases over the next year. 

The  forward-looking  statements  in  this  Current  Trends  and  Outlook  section  and  elsewhere  in  this  document  are  subject  to 
significant  risks  and  uncertainties,  including  the  sensitivity  of  our  business  to  weather  conditions;  changes  in  the  economy, 
consumer discretionary spending, the housing market, interest or inflation rates; our ability to maintain favorable relationships 
with suppliers and manufacturers; the extent to which home-centric trends experienced during the height of the pandemic will 
moderate or reverse; competition from other leisure product alternatives or mass merchants; our ability to continue to execute 
our growth strategies; changes in the regulatory environment; new or additional taxes, duties or tariffs; excess tax benefits or 
deficiencies  recognized  under  ASU  2016-09  and  other  risks  detailed  in  Item  1A  of  this  Form  10-K.  Also  see  “Cautionary 
Statement  for  Purposes  of  the  Safe  Harbor  Provisions  of  the  Private  Securities  Litigation  Reform  Act  of  1995”  prior  to  the 
heading “Risk Factors” in Item 1A. 

COVID-19 Pandemic and Other Economic Trends 

Beginning in the second quarter of 2020 during the COVID-19 pandemic, we experienced unprecedented demand as families 
spent  more  time  at  home  and  sought  opportunities  to  create  or  expand  home-based  outdoor  living  and  entertainment  spaces.  
This  trend  had  a  positive  impact  on  our  financial  performance  during  2020  through  2022.  In  the  latter  half  of  2022  and 
throughout  2023,  these  trends  moderated  resulting  in  a  lower  number  of  permits  issued  for  new  pools  and  lagging  new  pool 
construction activities.  We expect these trends to continue in 2024. 

Our  industry  also  experienced  substantial  supply  chain  constraints  beginning  in  2021.  In  response,  we  proactively  made 
significant investments in inventory in the last half of 2021 and early 2022 that enabled us to continue to meet strong customer 
demand and position ourselves to provide exceptional customer service.  While we continued to be challenged by supply chain 
constraints  through  early  2022,  supply  chain  dynamics  improved  beginning  in  the  second  quarter  of  2022.  In  2023,  our 
inventory balances normalized with seasonal trends resulting in a 14% decrease compared to 2022. 

30 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES 

Critical accounting estimates are those estimates made in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles that 
involve a significant level of estimation uncertainty and have had, or are reasonably likely to have, a material impact on our 
financial condition or results of operations.  

Management  has  discussed  the  development,  selection  and  disclosure  of  our  critical  accounting  estimates  with  the  Audit 
Committee  of  our  Board.  Our  critical  accounting  estimates  are  discussed  below,  including,  to  the  extent  material  and 
reasonably available, the impact such estimates have had, or are reasonably likely to have, on our financial condition or results 
of operations. 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts 

We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts based on an estimate of the losses we will incur if our customers do not make 
required payments.  We perform periodic credit evaluations of our customers and typically do not require collateral.  Consistent 
with  industry  practices,  we  generally  require  payment  from  our  North  American  customers  within  30  days,  except  for  sales 
under early buy programs for which we provide extended payment terms to qualified customers.  The extended terms usually 
require  payments  in  equal  installments  in  April,  May  and  June  or  May  and  June,  depending  on  geographic  location.  Credit 
losses have generally been within or better than our expectations. 

Similar  to  our  business,  our  customers’  businesses  are  seasonal.  Sales  are  lowest  in  the  winter  months  and  our  past  due 
accounts receivable balance as a percentage of total receivables generally increases during this time.  We provide reserves for 
uncollectible accounts based on our accounts receivable aging.  These reserves range from 0.05% for amounts currently due to 
up to 100% for specific accounts more than 60 days past due. 

At the end of each quarter, we perform a reserve analysis of all accounts with balances greater than $20,000 and more than 60 
days past due.  Additionally, we perform a separate reserve analysis on the balance of our accounts receivables with emphasis 
on past due accounts.  We estimate future losses based upon historical bad debts, customer receivable balances, age of customer 
receivable balances, customers’ financial conditions and current and forecasted economic trends, including certain trends in the 
housing  market,  the  availability  of  consumer  credit  and  general  economic  conditions  (as  commonly  measured  by  Gross 
Domestic Product or GDP).  We monitor housing market trends through review of the House Price Index as published by the 
Federal Housing Finance Agency, which measures the movement of single-family home prices.  

During the year, we write off account balances when we have exhausted reasonable collection efforts and determined that the 
likelihood of collection is remote.  These write-offs are charged against our allowance for doubtful accounts.  In the past five 
years,  write-offs  have  averaged  approximately  0.09%  of  net  sales  annually.  Write-offs  as  a  percentage  of  net  sales 
approximated 0.12% in 2023, 0.08% in 2022 and 0.06% in 2021.  We expect that write-offs will range from 0.05% to 0.10% of 
net sales in 2024.  

At the end of each fiscal year, we prepare a hindsight analysis by comparing the prior year-end allowance for doubtful accounts 
balance to (i) current year write-offs and (ii) any significantly aged outstanding receivable balances.  Based on our most recent 
hindsight  analysis,  we  concluded  that  the  prior  year  allowance  was  within  a  range  of  acceptable  estimates  and  that  our 
estimation methodology is appropriate. 

If the balance of the accounts receivable reserve increased or decreased by 20% at December 31, 2023, pretax income would 
change by approximately $2.3 million and earnings per share would change by approximately $0.04 per diluted share (based on 
the number of weighted average diluted shares outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2023). 

Inventory Obsolescence 

Product inventories represent the largest asset on our balance sheet.  Our goal is to manage our inventory such that we minimize 
stock-outs to provide the highest level of service to our customers.  To do this, we maintain at each sales center an adequate 
inventory of stock keeping units (SKUs)  with the highest sales volumes.  At the same time, we continuously strive to better 
manage our slower moving classes of inventory, which are not as critical to our customers and thus, inherently turn at slower 
rates.  

31 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We  classify  products  at  the  sales  center  level  based  on  sales  at  each  location  over  the  expected  sellable  period,  which  is  the 
previous 12 months for most products, except for special order non-stock items that lack a SKU in our system and products 
with less than 12 months of usage.  Below is a description of these inventory classifications: 

• 
• 
• 
• 

• 

new products with less than 12 months usage; 
highest sales velocity items, which represent approximately 80% of net sales at the sales center; 
lower sales velocity items, which we keep in stock to provide a high level of customer service; 
products with no sales for the past 12 months at the local sales center level, excluding special order products not yet 
delivered to the customer; and 
non-stock special order items. 

There  is  little  risk  of  obsolescence  for  our  highest  sales  velocity  items  because  these  products  generally  turn  quickly.  We 
establish our reserve for inventory obsolescence based on inventory with lower sales velocity and inventory with no sales for 
the past 12 months, which we believe represent some exposure to inventory obsolescence, with particular emphasis on SKUs 
with the least sales over the previous 12 months.  The reserve is intended to reflect the value of inventory at net realizable value.  
We evaluate a potential reserve for 5% for inventory with lower sales velocity, inventory with no sales for the past 12 months 
and non-stock inventory as determined at the sales center level.  We also consider an additional 5% reserve for excess lower 
sales velocity inventory and an additional 45% reserve for excess inventory with no sales for the past 12 months.  We determine 
excess  inventory,  which  is  defined  as  the  amount  of  inventory  on  hand  in  excess  of  the  previous  12  months’  usage,  on  a 
company-wide basis.  We also evaluate whether the calculated reserve provides sufficient coverage of total inventory with no 
sales  for  the  past  12  months.  We  record  reserves  as  necessary  based  on  our  evaluations.  We  have  not  changed  our 
methodology from prior years. 

In evaluating the adequacy of our reserve for inventory obsolescence, we consider a combination of factors, including: 

• 

• 
• 
• 
• 

the level of inventory in relation to historical sales by product, including inventory usage by class based on product 
sales at both the sales center level and on a company-wide basis; 
changes in customer preferences or regulatory requirements; 
seasonal fluctuations in inventory levels; 
geographic location; and 
superseded products and new product offerings. 

We periodically adjust our reserve for inventory obsolescence as changes occur in the above-identified factors.  At the end of 
each fiscal year, we prepare a hindsight analysis by comparing the prior year-end obsolescence reserve balance to (i) current 
year inventory write-offs and (ii) the value of products with no sales for the past 12 months that remain in inventory.  Based on 
our most recent hindsight analysis, we concluded that our prior year reserve was within a range of acceptable estimates and that 
our estimation methodology is appropriate. 

If the balance of our inventory reserve increased or decreased by 20% at December 31, 2023, pretax income would change by 
approximately  $4.7  million  and  earnings  per  share  would  change  by  approximately  $0.09  per  diluted  share  (based  on  the 
number of weighted average diluted shares outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2023). 

Vendor Programs 

Many  of  our  vendor  arrangements  provide  for  us  to  receive  specified  amounts  of  consideration  when  we  achieve  any  of  a 
number of measures.  These measures generally relate to the volume level of purchases from our vendors, or our net cost of 
products sold, and may include negotiated pricing arrangements.  We account for vendor programs as a reduction of the prices 
of  the  vendor’s  products  and  therefore  a  reduction  of  inventory  until  we  sell  the  product,  at  which  time  we  recognize  such 
consideration as a reduction of cost of sales in our income statement. 

Throughout the year, we estimate the amount earned based on our expectation of total purchases for the fiscal year relative to 
the purchase levels that mark our progress toward the attainment of various levels within certain vendor programs.  We accrue 
vendor program benefits on a monthly basis using these estimates provided that we determine they are probable and reasonably 
estimable.  Our estimates for annual purchases, future inventory levels and sales of qualifying products are driven by our sales 
projections, which can be significantly impacted by a number of external factors including changes in economic conditions and 
weather.  Changes in our purchasing mix also impact our estimates, as certain program rates can vary depending on our volume 
of purchases from specific vendors.  

32 

We continually revise these estimates throughout the year to reflect actual purchase levels and identifiable trends.  As a result, 
our estimated quarterly vendor program benefits accrual may include cumulative catch-up adjustments to reflect any changes in 
our estimates between reporting periods.  These adjustments have a greater impact on gross margin in the fourth quarter since it 
is our seasonally slowest quarter and because the majority of our vendor arrangements are based on calendar year periods.  We 
update our estimates for these arrangements at year end to reflect actual annual purchase or sales levels.  In the first quarter of 
the  subsequent  year,  we  prepare  a  hindsight  analysis  by  comparing  actual  vendor  credits  received  to  the  prior  year  vendor 
receivable balances.  Based on our most recent hindsight analysis, we concluded that our vendor program estimates were within 
a range of acceptable estimates and that our estimation methodology is appropriate. 

If market conditions were to change, vendors may change the terms of some or all of these programs.  Although such changes 
would  not  affect  the  amounts  we  have  recorded  related  to  products  already  purchased,  they  may  lower  or  raise  our  cost  for 
products purchased and sold in future periods. 

Income Taxes 

We record deferred tax assets and liabilities based on differences between the financial reporting and tax basis of assets and 
liabilities  using  currently  enacted  rates  and  laws  that  will  be  in  effect  when  we  expect  the  differences  to  reverse.  Due  to 
changing  tax  laws  and  state  income  tax  rates,  significant  judgment  is  required  to  estimate  the  effective  tax  rate  expected  to 
apply to tax differences that are expected to reverse in the future. 

We record Global Intangible Low Tax Income (GILTI) on foreign earnings as period costs if and when incurred, although we 
have not realized any impacts since the December 2017 enactment of U.S. tax reform. 

As of December 31, 2023, U.S. income taxes were not provided on the earnings or cash balances of our foreign subsidiaries, 
outside of the provisions of the transition tax from U.S. tax reform.  As we have historically invested or expect to invest the 
undistributed earnings indefinitely to fund current cash flow needs in the countries where held, additional income tax provisions 
may  be  required.  Determining  the  amount  of  unrecognized  deferred  tax  liability  on  these  undistributed  earnings  and  cash 
balances is not practicable due to the complexity of tax laws and regulations and the varying circumstances, tax treatments and 
timing of any future repatriation.  

We operate in 41 states, 1 United States territory and 11 foreign countries.  We are subject to regular audits by federal, state and 
foreign tax authorities, and the amount of income taxes we pay is subject to adjustment by the applicable tax authorities.  We 
recognize  a  benefit  from  an  uncertain  tax  position  only  after  determining  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  the  tax  position  will 
withstand examination by the applicable taxing authority.  Our estimate for the potential outcome of any uncertain tax issue is 
highly judgmental.  We regularly evaluate our tax positions and incorporate these expectations into our reserve estimates.  We 
believe  we  have  adequately  provided  for  any  reasonably  foreseeable  outcome  related  to  these  matters.  However,  our  future 
results may include favorable or unfavorable adjustments to our estimated tax liabilities in the period the assessments are made 
or resolved, or when statutes of limitation on potential assessments expire.  These adjustments may include changes in valuation 
allowances  that  we  have  established.  As  a  result  of  these  uncertainties,  our  total  income  tax  provision  may  fluctuate  on  a 
quarterly basis. 

Each year, we prepare a return to provision analysis upon filing our income tax returns.  Based on our most recent hindsight 
analysis,  we  concluded  that  our  prior  year  income  tax  provision  was  within  a  range  of  acceptable  estimates  and  that  our 
provision  calculation  methodology  is  appropriate.  Differences  between  our  effective  income  tax  rate  and  federal  and  state 
statutory tax rates are primarily due to excess tax benefits associated with the exercise of deductible nonqualified stock options 
and the lapse of restrictions on deductible restricted stock awards.  

Performance-Based Compensation Accrual 

The  Compensation  Committee  of  our  Board  (Compensation  Committee)  and  our  management  have  designed  compensation 
programs  intended  to  create  a  performance  culture.  The  primary  objectives  of  our  compensation  programs  are  to  attract, 
motivate,  reward  and  retain  our  employees  without  leading  to  unnecessary  risk  taking.  Our  compensation  packages  include 
bonus plans that are specific to groups of eligible participants and their levels and areas of responsibility.  The majority of our 
bonus plans consist of annual cash payments that are based primarily on objective performance criteria.  We calculate bonuses 
based on the achievement of certain key measurable financial and operational results, including operating income. 

33 

We use an annual cash performance award (annual bonus) to focus corporate behavior on short-term goals for growth, financial 
performance  and  other  specific  financial  and  business  improvement  metrics.  Management  sets  the  company’s  annual  bonus 
objectives at the beginning of the bonus plan year using both historical information and forecasted results of operations for the 
current  plan  year.  Management  also  establishes  specific  business  improvement  objectives  for  both  our  operating  units  and 
corporate  employees.  The  Compensation  Committee  approves  objectives  for  annual  bonus  plans  involving  executive 
management. 

We  have  also  utilized  our  medium-term  (three-year)  Strategic  Plan  Incentive  Program  (SPIP)  to  provide  senior  management 
with an additional cash-based, pay-for-performance award based on the achievement of specified earnings growth objectives.  
Payouts through the SPIP are based on three-year compound annual growth rates (CAGRs) of our diluted EPS.  Beginning in 
2023, our Compensation Committee did not grant any awards under the SPIP.  Outstanding awards will pay out in 2024 and 
2025 if the applicable three-year performance conditions are achieved. 

We record annual performance-based compensation accruals based on operating income achieved in a quarter as a percentage 
of total expected operating income for the year.  We estimate total expected operating income for the current plan year using 
management’s  estimate  of  the  total  overall  incentives  earned  per  the  stated  bonus  plan  objectives.  Starting  in  June,  and 
continuing each quarter through our fiscal year end, we adjust our estimated performance-based compensation accrual based on 
our  detailed  analysis  of  each  bonus  plan,  the  participants’  progress  toward  achievement  of  their  specific  objectives  and 
management’s estimates related to the discretionary components of the bonus plans, if any. 

We  record  SPIP  accruals  based  on  our  total  expected  EPS  for  the  current  fiscal  year  and  earnings  growth  estimates  for  the 
succeeding  two  years.  We  base  our  current  fiscal  year  estimates  on  the  same  assumptions  used  for  our  annual  bonus 
calculation.  

Our quarterly performance-based compensation expense and accrual balances may vary relative to actual annual bonus expense 
and payouts due to the following differences between estimated and actual performance and the discretionary components of 
the bonus plans. 

We generally make bonus payments at the end of February following the most recently completed fiscal year.  Each year, we 
compare the actual bonus payouts to amounts accrued at the previous year’s end to determine the accuracy of our performance-
based  compensation  estimates.  Based  on  our  most  recent  hindsight  analysis,  we  concluded  that  our  performance-based 
compensation accrual balances were within a reasonable range of acceptable estimates and that our estimation methodologies 
are appropriate. 

Impairment of Goodwill and Other Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets 

Goodwill  is  our  largest  intangible  asset.  At  December  31,  2023,  our  goodwill  balance  was  $700.1  million,  representing 
approximately  20%  of  total  assets.  Goodwill  represents  the  excess  of  the  amount  we  paid  to  acquire  a  company  over  the 
estimated fair value of tangible assets and identifiable intangible assets acquired, less liabilities assumed. 

We perform a goodwill impairment test in the fourth quarter of each year or on a more frequent basis if events or changes in 
circumstances  occur  that  indicate  potential  impairment.  The  fair  value  estimates  used  in  our  impairment  test  is  determined 
using discounted cash flow models, which require the use of significant unobservable inputs, representative of a Level 3 fair 
value  measurement.  To  estimate  the  fair  value  of  our  reporting  units,  we  project  company-wide  future  cash  flows  using 
management’s  assumptions  for  sales  growth  rates,  operating  margins,  discount  rates  and  earnings  multiples.  The  earnings 
multiples are then used to estimate the fair value of each reporting unit.  These estimates can significantly affect the outcome of 
our impairment test.  We also review for potential impairment indicators at the reporting unit level based on an evaluation of 
recent historical operating trends, current and projected local market conditions and other relevant factors as appropriate.  To 
the  extent  the  carrying  value  of  a  reporting  unit  is  greater  than  its  estimated  fair  value,  we  perform  a  discounted  cash  flow 
analysis at the reporting unit level to further evaluate our initial fair value estimate.  If the carrying value of the reporting unit 
exceeds  the  fair  value,  we  record  a  goodwill  impairment  charge  for  the  difference,  up  to  the  carrying  value  of  the  goodwill.  
Since we define an operating segment as an individual sales center and we do not have operations below the sales center level, 
we define a reporting unit as an individual sales center.  

To  test  the  reasonableness  of  our  fair  value  estimates,  we  compared  our  aggregate  estimated  fair  values  to  our  market 
capitalization as of the date of our annual impairment test.  In 2023, our aggregate estimated fair values were in line with our 
market  capitalization.  To  facilitate  a  sensitivity  analysis,  we  reduced  our  consolidated  fair  value  estimate  to  reflect  more 
conservative discounted cash flow assumptions, the sensitivity of a 150 basis point increase in our estimated weighted average 

34 

cost of capital or a 50 basis point decrease in the estimated perpetuity growth rate.  Our sensitivity analysis resulted in a fair 
value modestly lower than our market capitalization and did not result in the identification of additional at-risk locations. 

If our assumptions or estimates in our fair value calculations change or if operating results are less than forecasted, we could 
incur impairment charges in future periods.  Impairment charges would decrease operating income, negatively impact diluted 
EPS and result in lower asset values on our balance sheet.  

In September 2023, we recorded goodwill impairment of $0.6 million, primarily related to one of our Horizon reporting units in 
Texas  that  we  previously  identified  as  being  most  at  risk  of  goodwill  impairment.  We  had  been  monitoring  this  location’s 
results,  which  came  in  below  expectations  at  the  end  of  the  2023  season.  We  performed  an  interim  goodwill  impairment 
analysis, which included a discounted cash flow analysis, and determined that the estimated fair value of the reporting unit no 
longer exceeded its carrying value. 

In October 2023, we performed our annual goodwill impairment test and did not record any additional goodwill impairment at 
the  reporting  unit  level.  As  of  October  1,  2023,  we  had  250  reporting  units  with  allocated  goodwill  balances.  Our  most 
significant  goodwill  balance  of  $403.5  million  was  related  to  our  Porpoise  Pool  &  Patio  reporting  unit  and  the  next  largest 
goodwill balance for a reporting unit was $12.1 million.  The average goodwill balance per reporting unit was $2.8 million.  

In October 2022, we performed our annual goodwill impairment test and recorded goodwill impairment of $0.6 million related 
to the closure of a Horizon reporting unit in that period.  In October 2021, we performed our annual goodwill impairment test 
and did not recognize any goodwill impairment at the reporting unit level.  

Recent Accounting Pronouncements 

See Note 1 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements,” included in Item 8 of this Form 10-K for details. 

35 

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

The table below summarizes information derived from our Consolidated Statements of Income expressed as a percentage of net 
sales for the past three fiscal years: 

Net sales 
Cost of sales 

Gross profit 
Operating expenses 
Operating income 

Interest and other non-operating expenses, net 
Income before income taxes and equity in earnings 

Year Ended December 31, 
2022 
100.0 % 
68.7 

2023 
100.0 % 
70.0 

2021 
100.0 % 
69.5 

30.0 

16.5 

13.5 

1.1 
12.4 % 

31.3 

14.7 

16.6 

0.7 
15.9 % 

30.5 

14.8 

15.7 

0.2 
15.6 % 

Note: Due to rounding, percentages may not add to operating income or income before income taxes and equity in 
earnings. 

Our discussion of consolidated operating results includes the operating results from acquisitions in 2023, 2022 and 2021.  We 
have included the results of operations in our consolidated results since the respective acquisition dates. 

Fiscal Year 2023 compared to Fiscal Year 2022 

Base Business 

We calculate base business results by excluding, for a period of 15 months, sales centers that we acquire, open in new markets 
or close.  We also exclude consolidated sales centers when we do not expect to maintain the majority of the existing business 
and existing sales centers that we consolidate with acquired sales centers. 

We generally allocate corporate overhead expenses to excluded sales centers on the basis of their net sales as a percentage of 
total  net  sales.  After  15  months,  we  include  acquired,  consolidated  and  new  market  sales  centers  in  the  base  business 
calculation including the comparative prior year period. 

We have not provided separate base business income statements within this Form 10-K as base business results approximated 
consolidated results, and acquisitions and sales centers excluded from base business contributed less than 1% to the change in 
net sales. 

The table below summarizes the changes in our sales centers during 2023: 

December 31, 2022 
Acquired location 
New locations 
December 31, 2023 

420 
5 
14 
439 

For information about our recent acquisitions, see Note 2 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements,” included in Item 8 
of this Form 10-K. 

36 

Net Sales 

(in millions) 

Net sales 

Year Ended December 31, 

2023 
5,541.6 

$ 

2022 
6,179.7 

$ 

Change 

$ (638.1) 

(10)% 

Following sales growth of 17% in 2022, 35% in 2021 and 23% in 2020 (all compared to the prior year periods), our net sales in 
2023 declined 10% compared to 2022.  Our base business results approximated our consolidated results for the year.  At the 
core  of  our  business,  maintenance  activities  remained  stable  throughout  the  year,  indicating  steady  demand  for  non-
discretionary products.  Unfavorable weather conditions in certain markets throughout the first half of the year led to a slow 
start to the swimming pool season, which limited sales in the first and second quarters.  Our results also reflected lower sales 
volumes  from  reduced  pool  construction  activity  and  discretionary  replacement  activity  as  tough  macroeconomic  conditions 
strained major project consumer spending.  

The following factors also impacted our sales during the year and are listed in order of estimated magnitude. 

•  Net sales benefited approximately 3% to 4% from inflationary product cost increases (compared to a 10% benefit in 

2022), net of price deflation for some products including chemical sanitizers, PVC pipe and rebar. 

•  We estimate that unfavorable weather conditions, primarily in the first half of the year, negatively impacted sales by 

approximately 2%. 
Sales were negatively impacted 1% from lower customer early buy activity in 2023 versus 2022. 

• 

Related  to  our  product  sales,  following  a  period  of  significant  growth  over  the  past  three  years,  we  observed  a  decline  in 
volumes of discretionary products sold, largely due to lagging new pool construction activities.  In 2023, sales of equipment, 
which includes swimming pool heaters, pumps, lights, filters and automation, decreased approximately 9% compared to 2022 
and  represented  approximately  29%  of  net  sales.  Sales  of  building  materials  fell  9%  compared  to  2022  and  represented 
approximately 13% of net sales in 2023.  

Sales  to  specialty  retailers  that  sell  swimming  pool  supplies  and  customers  who  service  large  commercial  installations  are 
included in the appropriate existing product categories, and growth in these areas is reflected in the discussion above.  In 2023, 
sales to retail customers decreased 10% compared to 2022 and represented approximately 14% of our consolidated net sales.  
Unfavorable  weather  and  supply  normalization  affected  our  sales  to  independent  retail  customers  in  the  first  half  of  2023. 
Encouragingly,  we  saw  sales  trends  improve  through  the  last  half  of  the  year.  As  consumers  take  advantage  of  travel 
opportunities,  sales  to  commercial  customers  increased  9%  compared  to  2022  and  represented  approximately  4%  of  our 
consolidated net sales in 2023.  

2023 Quarterly Sales Performance Compared to 2022 Quarterly Sales Performance 

Net Sales Decline 

First 
(15)% 

Second  Third  Fourth 
(8)% 
(9)% 
(10)% 

Quarter 
2023 

• 

In  the  first  quarter  of  2023,  unfavorable  weather  in  our  western  markets,  offset  generally  favorable  weather  in  our 
southern  markets.  On  an  aggregate  basis,  we  estimate  that  unfavorable  weather  conditions  in  the  first  quarter 
negatively impacted sales by approximately 5%.  Sales were also negatively impacted 2% from lower customer early 
buy activity in the first quarter of 2023 and 1% from continued softness in our European markets. 

•  A  slow  start  to  the  swimming  pool  season  combined  with  cautious  consumer  sentiment  led  to  slower  maintenance 
activity than anticipated, reduced outdoor living construction activity and deferred discretionary replacement activity 
in the second quarter of 2023.  Sales were also negatively impacted 1% from both unfavorable weather conditions and 
lower customer early buy activity in the second quarter of 2023. 

•  During  the  third  quarter  of  2023,  maintenance  activities  remained  stable,  while  pool  construction-related  activities 
remained  weaker  as  challenging  macroeconomic  conditions  continued  to  weigh  heavily  on  major  project  consumer 
spending.  Our results were also negatively impacted 1% from one less selling day in the third quarter of 2023 versus 
the third quarter of 2022. 

37 

• 

In the fourth quarter of 2023, maintenance activities and demand for non-discretionary products were stable.  Lower 
sales during our seasonally slowest time of year were largely attributable to softer spending trends for discretionary 
products due to reduced pool construction activity and discretionary replacement activity.  

In addition to the  sales discussion above, see  further details of significant  weather impacts under the  subheading Seasonality  
and Quarterly Fluctuations below. 

Gross Profit 

(in millions) 

Gross profit 
Gross margin 

Year Ended December 31, 

$ 

2023 
1,660.0 
 30.0 % 

$ 

2022 
1,933.4 
 31.3 % 

Change 

$ (273.4) 

(14)% 

Gross margin decreased 130 basis points to 30.0% in 2023 compared to 31.3% in 2022.  Our prior year gross margin benefited 
from our strategic inventory buys when we purchased product ahead of vendor price increases.  As our sales benefited from 
higher inflation, we were able to sell those products at a lower average cost to our sales price.  Our gross margin in 2023 was in 
line with our long-term expectations.  Throughout the year, our gross margin was impacted by a variety of factors, including a 
less advantageous product and customer mix and a more competitive pricing environment as a result of slower activity within 
the outdoor living industry.  

Operating Expenses 

(in millions) 

Year Ended December 31, 

2023 

2022 

Selling and administrative expenses 
Operating expenses as a percentage of net sales 

$ 

$ 

913.5 
16.5 % 

$ 

907.6 
14.7 % 

Change 
5.9 

0.6% 

Operating expenses increased 0.6%, or $5.8 million, to $913.5 million in 2023, up from $907.6 million in 2022.  During 2023, 
volume-driven  expenses  were  managed  in  line  with  lower  sales  resulting  in  a  decline  in  variable  and  discretionary  expenses 
(including performance-based compensation, temporary and overtime labor) and reduced delivery and vehicle operating costs 
compared  to  last  year.  Our  largest  expense  growth  drivers  related  to  inflationary  wage  increases,  rent  and  facility  costs  and 
insurance and healthcare-related costs, the return of in-person customer-facing retail events and investments in new locations 
and customer-focused projects.  

Interest and Other Non-operating Expenses, net 

Interest and other non-operating expenses, net increased $17.5 million compared to 2022, as higher average interest rates more 
than offset a decrease in average debt.  Our weighted average effective interest rate increased to 5.2% in 2023 from 2.8% in 
2022 on average outstanding debt of $1.1 billion in 2023 versus $1.4 billion in 2022.  

Income Taxes 

Our effective income tax rate was 24.0% at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022.  We recorded a $6.7 million, or $0.17 
per diluted share, benefit from ASU 2016-09 for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to a benefit of $10.8 million, or 
$0.27  per  diluted  share,  realized  in  2022.  Without  the  benefits  from  ASU  2016-09,  our  effective  tax  rate  was  25.0%  for 
the year ended 2023 and 25.1% for the year ended 2022. 

Net Income and Earnings Per Share 

Net income decreased 30% to $523.2 million in 2023 compared to $748.5 million in 2022.  Earnings per share decreased 29% 
to $13.35 per diluted share compared to $18.70 per diluted share in 2022.  

38 

Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures 

The non-GAAP measures described below should be considered in the context of all of our other disclosures in this Form 10-K. 

Adjusted Diluted EPS 

We have included adjusted diluted EPS, a non-GAAP financial measure, as a supplemental disclosure, because we believe this 
measure is useful to management, investors and others in assessing our year-over-year operating performance.  

Adjusted diluted EPS is a key measure used by management to demonstrate the impact of tax benefits from ASU 2016-09 on 
our  diluted  EPS  and  to  provide  investors  and  others  with  additional  information  about  our  potential  future  operating 
performance to supplement GAAP measures. 

We believe this measure should be considered in addition to, not as a substitute for, diluted EPS presented in accordance with 
GAAP,  and  in  the  context  of  our  other  disclosures.  Other  companies  may  calculate  this  non-GAAP  financial  measure 
differently than we do, which may limit their usefulness as a comparative measure.  

The table below presents a reconciliation of diluted EPS to adjusted diluted EPS. 

(Unaudited) 

Diluted EPS 

Less: ASU 2016-09 tax benefit 

Adjusted diluted EPS 

Year Ended 
December 31, 

2023 

2022 

$ 

$ 

13.35 

$ 

0.17 

13.18 

$ 

18.70 

0.27 

18.43 

Fiscal Year 2022 compared to Fiscal Year 2021 

For a detailed discussion of the Results of Operations in Fiscal Year 2022 compared to Fiscal Year 2021, see the Results of 
Operations  section  of  Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  included  in  Part  II,  Item  7  of  our  2022  Annual  Report  on 
Form 10-K.  

39 

Seasonality and Quarterly Fluctuations 

For discussion regarding the effects seasonality and weather have on our business, see Item 1, “Business,” of this Form 10-K. 

The  following  table  presents  certain  unaudited  quarterly  data  for  2023  and  2022.  We  have  included  income  statement  and 
balance sheet data for the most recent eight quarters to allow for a meaningful comparison of the seasonal fluctuations in these 
amounts. 
In  our  opinion,  this  information  reflects  all  normal  and  recurring  adjustments  considered  necessary  for  a  fair 
presentation of this data.  Due to the seasonal nature of our industry, the results of any one or more quarters are not necessarily 
a good indication of results for an entire fiscal year or of continuing trends. 

(Unaudited) 

(in thousands) 

Statement of Income Data 

Net sales 

Gross profit 

Operating income 

Net income 

Net sales as a % of annual 

net sales 

Gross profit as a % of 
annual gross profit 

Operating income as a % of 

annual operating 
income 

Balance Sheet Data 

Total receivables, net 

2023 

2022 

QUARTER 

First 

Second 

Third 

Fourth 

First 

Second 

Third 

Fourth 

$  1,206,774  $  1,857,363  $  1,474,407  $  1,003,050  $  1,412,650  $  2,055,818  $  1,615,339  $  1,095,920 

369,755 

145,771 

101,699 

567,783 

327,009 

232,250 

428,731 

194,443 

137,843 

293,775 

79,344 

51,437 

447,189 

235,723 

179,261 

666,804 

418,888 

307,283 

503,687 

263,877 

190,055 

315,731 

107,295 

71,863 

 22 % 

 34 % 

 27 % 

 18 % 

 23 % 

 33 % 

 26 % 

 18 % 

 22 % 

 34 % 

 26 % 

 18 % 

 23 % 

 34 % 

 26 % 

 16 % 

 20 % 

 44 % 

 26 % 

 11 % 

 23 % 

 41 % 

 26 % 

 10 % 

$  564,171  $ 

630,950  $  461,582  $  342,910  $  679,927  $  756,585  $  549,796  $  351,448 

Product inventories, net 

1,686,683 

1,392,886 

1,259,308 

1,365,466 

1,641,155 

1,579,101 

1,539,572 

1,591,060 

Accounts payable 

Total debt 

739,749 

485,099 

429,436 

508,672 

685,946 

604,225 

442,226 

406,667 

1,365,750 

1,184,586 

1,033,897 

1,053,320 

1,505,073 

1,595,398 

1,512,545 

1,386,803 

Note: Due to rounding, the sum of quarterly percentage amounts may not equal 100%. 

Weather Impacts on Fiscal Year 2023 to Fiscal Year 2022 Comparisons 

Weather conditions varied across the contiguous United States throughout the first quarter of 2023.  Conditions were generally 
favorable in our southern markets, where sales benefited from warmer weather and below-average precipitation.  In contrast, 
results  were  unfavorably  impacted  by  unusually  wet  and  cold  weather  in  the  western  U.S.,  particularly  in  California  and 
Arizona, which are two of our largest markets.  Overall, we estimate that unfavorable weather conditions in the first quarter of 
2023 negatively impacted first quarter sales by approximately 5%.  Comparatively, in the first quarter of 2022, overall weather 
conditions were generally favorable, and sales benefited from above-average temperatures along much of the west and the east 
coast, although Texas experienced cooler-than-normal temperatures.  

Overall,  weather  conditions  unfavorably  impacted  sales  by  an  estimated  $30.0  million  in  the  second  quarter  of  2023, 
particularly at the beginning of the second quarter.  The first week of April through Easter weekend was much cooler across the 
West versus both average temperatures and prior year temperatures.  The last week of April was also significantly cooler than 
normal  from  Texas  through  the  mid-Atlantic  region,  excluding  the  coastal  Southeast.  While  the  Northeast  had  warmer  than 
average weather the first few weeks of April, temperatures cooled dramatically through the first week of May and smoke from 
wildfires in Canada unfavorably impacted sales in early June. Weather in Florida was more normal and consistent with prior 
year,  while  favorable  weather  conditions  compared  to  the  second  quarter  of  2022  were  limited  to  the  Pacific  Northwest  and 
Europe. Similarly, sales growth in the second quarter of 2022 was challenged by unfavorable weather conditions in our seasonal 
markets and Europe; however, our southern markets benefited from above-average temperatures, particularly in Texas. 

40 

Weather conditions in the third quarter of 2023 were fairly neutral as hot temperatures across the southern United States were 
offset by rainy conditions in the Northeast.  Comparatively, sales in the third quarter of 2022 were generally aided by above-
average temperatures throughout much of the contiguous United States, although Florida saw a decline in sales due to closures 
resulting from Hurricane Ian towards the end of the quarter.  

Overall, weather conditions were warm in the fourth quarter of 2023 and did not have a major impact on sales.  The month of 
December  marked  the  warmest  temperatures  recorded  in  129  years,  while  the  months  of  October  and  November  saw  below 
average  rainfall  across  most  of  the  United  States.  Conversely,  fourth  quarter  of  2022  had  less  favorable  conditions.  In 
December, an Arctic front brought freezing temperatures and above-average temperatures across the United States and Canada.  

Weather Impacts on Fiscal Year 2022 to Fiscal Year 2021 Comparisons 

For  a  detailed  discussion  of  Weather  Impacts  on  Fiscal  Year  2022  compared  to  Fiscal  Year  2021,  see  the  Seasonality  and 
Quarterly Fluctuations section of Management’s Discussion and Analysis included in Part II, Item 7 of our 2022 Annual Report 
on Form 10-K.  

Geographic Areas 

Since all of our sales centers have similar operations and share similar economic characteristics, we aggregate our sales centers 
into  a  single  reportable  segment.  For  additional  details,  see  Note  1  of  our  “Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements,” 
included in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.  

For  a  breakdown  of  net  sales  and  property,  plant  and  equipment  between  our  United  States  and  international  operations,  see 
Item 1, “Business,” of this Form 10-K. 

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES 

Liquidity  is  defined  as  the  ability  to  generate  adequate  amounts  of  cash  to  meet  short-term  and  long-term  cash  needs.  
We assess our liquidity in terms of our ability to generate cash to fund our operating activities, taking into consideration the 
seasonal nature of our business.  Significant factors which could affect our liquidity include the following: 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

cash flows generated from operating activities; 
the adequacy of available bank lines of credit; 
the quality of our receivables; 
acquisitions; 
dividend payments; 
capital expenditures; 
changes in income tax laws and regulations; 
the timing and extent of share repurchases; and 
the ability to attract long-term capital with satisfactory terms. 

Our  primary  capital  needs  are  seasonal  working  capital  obligations,  debt  repayment  obligations  and  other  general  corporate 
initiatives, including acquisitions, opening new sales centers, dividend payments and share repurchases.  Our primary working 
capital obligations are for the purchase of inventory, payroll, rent, other facility costs and selling and administrative expenses. 
Our  working  capital  obligations  fluctuate  during  the  year,  driven  primarily  by  seasonality  and  the  timing  of  inventory 
purchases.  Our primary sources of working capital are cash from operations supplemented by bank borrowings, which have 
historically been sufficient to support our growth and finance acquisitions.  We have funded our capital expenditures and share 
repurchases in substantially the same manner. 

41 

We prioritize our use of cash based on investing in our business, maintaining a prudent capital structure, including a modest 
amount of debt, and returning cash to our shareholders through dividends and share repurchases.  Our specific priorities for the 
use of cash are as follows: 

• 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

capital expenditures primarily for maintenance and growth of our sales center network, technology-related investments 
and fleet vehicles; 
inventory and other operating expenses; 
strategic acquisitions executed opportunistically; 
payment of cash dividends as and when declared by our Board; 
repayment of debt to maintain an average total target leverage ratio (as defined below) between 1.5 and 2.0; and 
discretionary repurchases of our common stock under our Board authorized share repurchase program. 

Our  capital  spending  primarily  relates  to  leasehold  improvements,  delivery  and  service  vehicles  and  information  technology.  
We  focus  our  capital  expenditure  plans  based  on  the  needs  of  our  sales  centers.  In  recent  years,  we  have  increased  our 
investment in technology and automation enabling us to operate more efficiently and better serve our customers.  

Historically, our capital expenditures have averaged roughly 1.0% of net sales.  Capital expenditures were 1.1% of net sales in 
2023 and 0.7% of net sales in 2022 and 2021.  In 2022 and 2021, our capital expenditures as a percentage of net sales were 
lower than our historical average due to our significant sales growth in those years.  Based on management’s current plans, we 
project capital expenditures for 2024 will average 1% to 1.5% of net sales.  

We believe we have adequate availability of capital to fund present operations and the current capacity to finance any working 
capital needs that may arise.  We continually evaluate potential acquisitions and hold discussions with acquisition candidates.  
If suitable acquisition opportunities arise that would require financing, we believe that we have the ability to finance any such 
transactions. 

As of February 20, 2024, $344.1 million of the current Board authorized amount under our authorized share repurchase plan 
remained  available.  We  expect  to  repurchase  additional  shares  in  the  open  market  from  time  to  time  depending  on  market 
conditions.  We  plan  to  fund  these  repurchases  with  cash  provided  by  operations  and  borrowings  under  our  credit  and 
receivables facilities. 

Sources and Uses of Cash 

The following table summarizes our cash flows (in thousands): 

Operating activities 
Investing activities 
Financing activities 

Year Ended December 31, 

$ 

2023 
888,229 
(71,597) 
(798,132) 

$ 

2022 
484,854 
(50,870) 
(411,658) 

Cash  provided  by  operations  of  $888.2  million  for  2023  increased  $403.4  million  compared  to  2022,  primarily  driven  by 
positive changes in working capital, particularly as we sold through our prior year strategic inventory purchases, partially offset 
by lower net income. 

Cash  used  in  investing  activities  increased  $20.7  million  to  $71.6  million  in  2023,  reflecting  a  $16.5  million  increase  in  net 
capital expenditures between years and an increase of $2.3 million in payments for acquisitions compared to 2022. 

Cash  used  in  financing  activities  increased  to  $798.1  million  in  2023  compared  to  $411.7  million  in  2022.  The  change  in 
financing activities primarily reflects a $537.0 million increase in net debt payments and a $16.8 million increase in dividends 
paid, partially offset by a decrease in share repurchases of $164.9 million. 

For a discussion of our sources and uses of cash in 2021, see the Liquidity and Capital Resources – Sources and Uses of Cash 
section of Management’s Discussion and Analysis included in Part II, Item 7 of our 2022 Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

42 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Future Sources and Uses of Cash 

To supplement cash from operations as our primary source of working capital, we will continue to utilize our three major credit 
facilities,  which  are  the  Amended  and  Restated  Revolving  Credit  Facility  (the  Credit  Facility),  the  Term  Facility  (the  Term 
Facility) and the Receivables Securitization Facility (the Receivables Facility).  For additional details regarding these facilities, 
see  the  summary  descriptions  below  and  more  complete  descriptions  in  Note  5  of  our  “Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial 
Statements,” included in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.  

Credit Facility 

Our  Credit  Facility  provides  for  $1.25  billion  in  borrowing  capacity  consisting  of  a  $750.0  million  five-year  unsecured 
revolving credit facility and a $500.0 million term loan facility.  The Credit Facility also includes sublimits for the issuance of 
swingline loans and standby letters of credit.  We pay interest on revolving and term loan borrowings under the Credit Facility 
at a variable rate based on one-month Term SOFR, plus an applicable margin.  The term loan requires quarterly amortization 
payments during the third, fourth and fifth years of the loan, beginning in September 2023 aggregating to 20% of the original 
principal amount of the loan, with all remaining principal due on the Credit Facility maturity date of September 25, 2026.  We 
intend  to  continue  to  use  the  Credit  Facility  for  general  corporate  purposes,  for  future  share  repurchases  and  to  fund  future 
growth initiatives. 

At  December  31,  2023,  there  was  $740.0  million  outstanding,  including  a  $487.5  million  term  loan,  with  a  $16.0  million 
standby letter of credit outstanding and $481.5 million available for borrowing under the Credit Facility.  The weighted average 
effective interest rate for the Credit Facility as of December 31, 2023 was approximately 4.7%, excluding commitment fees and 
including the impact of our interest rate swaps. 

Term Facility 

Our Term Facility provides for $185.0 million in borrowing capacity and matures on December 30, 2026.  Proceeds from the 
Term  Facility  were  used  to  pay  down  the  Credit  Facility  in  December  2019,  adding  borrowing  capacity  for  future  share 
repurchases,  acquisitions  and  growth-oriented  working  capital  expansion.  We  pay  interest  on  borrowings  under  the  Term 
Facility at a variable rate based on one month Term SOFR, plus an applicable margin.  The Term Facility is repaid in quarterly 
installments of 1.250% of the Term Facility on the last business day of each quarter beginning in the first quarter of 2020.  We 
may prepay amounts outstanding under the Term Facility without penalty other than interest breakage costs.  In June 2023, we 
made  a  prepayment  on  the  Term  Facility  of  $45.0  million  with  $32.4  million  applied  against  the  remaining  quarterly 
installments and the remainder applied against the amount due at maturity. 

At December 31, 2023, the Term Facility had an outstanding balance of $109.9 million at a weighted average effective interest 
rate of 6.6%.  

Receivables Securitization Facility 

Our  two-year  accounts  receivable  securitization  facility  (the  Receivables  Facility)  offers  us  a  lower-cost  form  of  financing. 
Under  this  facility,  we  can  borrow  up  to  $350.0  million  between  April  through  August  and  from  $210.0  million  to  $340.0 
million during the remaining months of the year.  We pay interest on borrowings under the Receivables Facility at a variable 
rate based on one month Term SOFR, plus an applicable margin.  The Receivables Facility matures on November 1, 2024. 

The  Receivables  Facility  provides  for  the  sale  of  certain  of  our  receivables  to  a  wholly  owned  subsidiary  (the  Securitization 
Subsidiary).  The Securitization Subsidiary transfers variable undivided percentage interests in the receivables and related rights 
to certain third-party financial institutions in exchange for cash proceeds, limited to the applicable funding capacities.  Upon 
payment of the receivables by customers, rather than remitting to the financial institutions the amounts collected, we retain such 
collections as proceeds for the sale of new receivables until payments become due.  

At  December  31,  2023,  there  was  $191.7  million  outstanding  under  the  Receivables  Facility  at  a  weighted  average  effective 
interest rate of 6.2%, excluding commitment fees.  

Financial Covenants 

Financial covenants of the Credit Facility, Term Facility and Receivables Facility include maintenance of a maximum average 
total  leverage  ratio  and  a  minimum  fixed  charge  coverage  ratio,  which  are  our  most  restrictive  financial  covenants.  As  of 
December 31, 2023, the calculations of these two covenants are detailed below: 

43 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
•  Maximum Average Total Leverage Ratio. On the last day of each fiscal quarter, our average total leverage ratio must 
be less than 3.25 to 1.00.  Average Total Leverage Ratio is the ratio of the sum of (i) Total Non-Revolving Funded 
Indebtedness as of such date, (ii) the trailing twelve months (TTM) Average Total Revolving Funded Indebtedness and 
(iii) the TTM Average Accounts Securitization Proceeds divided by TTM EBITDA (as those terms are defined in the 
Credit  Facility).  As  of  December  31,  2023,  our  average  total  leverage  ratio  equaled  1.39  (compared  to  1.37  as  of 
December 31, 2022) and the TTM average total indebtedness amount used in this calculation was $1.1 billion. 

•  Minimum Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. On the last day of each fiscal quarter, our fixed charge ratio must be greater 
than or equal to 2.25 to 1.00.  Fixed Charge Ratio is the ratio of the TTM EBITDAR divided by TTM Interest Expense 
paid  or  payable  in  cash  plus  TTM  Rental  Expense  (as  those  terms  are  defined  in  the  Credit  Facility).  As  of 
December 31, 2023, our fixed charge ratio equaled 5.94 (compared to 9.57 as of December 31, 2022) and TTM Rental 
Expense was $92.0 million. 

The  Credit  Facility  and  Term  Facility  limit  the  declaration  and  payment  of  dividends  on  our  common  stock  to  a  manner 
consistent with past practice, provided no default or event of default has occurred and is continuing, or would result from the 
payment of dividends.  We may declare and pay quarterly dividends so long as (i) the amount per share of such dividends is not 
greater than the most recently publicly announced dividends per share and (ii) our Average Total Leverage Ratio is less than 
3.25 to 1.00 both immediately before and after giving pro forma effect to such dividends. Under the Credit Facility and Term 
Facility, we may repurchase shares of our common stock provided no default or event of default has occurred and is continuing, 
or would result from the repurchase of shares, and our maximum average total leverage ratio (determined on a pro forma basis) 
is less than 3.25 to 1.00.  

Other covenants include restrictions on our ability to grant liens, incur indebtedness, make investments, merge or consolidate, 
and sell or transfer assets.  Failure to comply with any of our financial covenants or any other terms of the Credit Facility and 
the Term Facility could result in higher interest rates on our borrowings or the acceleration of the maturities of our outstanding 
debt. 

Interest Rate Swaps 

We utilize interest rate swap contracts and forward-starting interest rate swap contracts to reduce our exposure to fluctuations in 
variable  interest  rates  for  future  interest  payments  on  our  variable  rate  borrowings.  Interest  expense  related  to  the  notional 
amounts under all swap contracts is based on applicable fixed rates plus the applicable margin on the respective borrowings. 

As of December 31, 2023, we had two interest rate swap contracts in place and one forward-starting interest rate swap contract, 
each of which has the effect of converting our exposure to variable interest rates on a portion of our variable rate borrowings to 
fixed interest rates.  For more information, see Note 5 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” included in Item 8 of 
this Form 10-K. 

Compliance and Future Availability 

As of December 31, 2023, we were in compliance with all covenants and financial ratio requirements under our Credit Facility, 
our Term Facility and our Receivables Facility.  We believe we will remain in compliance with all covenants and financial ratio 
requirements  throughout  2024.  For  additional  information  regarding  our  debt  arrangements,  see  Note  5  of  “Notes  to 
Consolidated Financial Statements,” included in Item 8 of this Form 10-K. 

Future Obligations 

We have certain fixed contractual obligations and commitments that include future estimated payments for general operating 
purposes.  Changes in our business needs, fluctuating interest rates and other factors may result in actual payments differing 
from our estimates.  We cannot provide certainty regarding the timing and amounts of these payments.  The following table 
summarizes our obligations as of December 31, 2023 that are expected to impact liquidity and cash flow in future periods.  We 
believe we will be able to fund these obligations through our existing cash, cash expected to be generated from operations and 
borrowings on our facilities.  

44 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Long-term debt 
Operating leases 
Purchase obligations 

Total 
$  1,054,841 
348,430 
7,417 
$  1,410,688 

Less than 
1 year 

$ 

$ 

229,903 
89,568 
4,764 
324,235 

Payments Due by Period 

1-3 years 

3-5 years 

More than 
5 years 

$ 

$ 

824,938 
147,250 
2,653 
974,841 

$ 

$ 

— 
78,520 
— 
78,520 

$ 

$ 

— 
33,092 
— 
33,092 

The significant assumptions used in our determination of amounts presented in the above table are as follows: 

•  Long-term  debt  amounts  represent  the  future  principal  payments  on  our  debt  as  of  December  31,  2023.  Our 
Receivables Facility matures November 1, 2024 and is included in the table above according to its stated maturity date.  
On our Consolidated Balance Sheets, we classify the entire outstanding balance of the Receivables Facility as Long-
term  debt  as  we  intend  and  have  the  ability  to  refinance  the  obligations  on  a  long-term  basis.  For  additional 
information  regarding  our  debt  arrangements,  see  Note  5  of  our  “Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements,” 
included in Item 8 of this Form 10-K. 

•  Operating lease amounts include future rental payments for our operating leases.  The amounts presented are consistent 
with contractual terms and are not expected to differ significantly from actual results under our existing leases.  For 
additional information regarding our operating leases, see Note 9 of our “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements,” 
included in Item 8 of this Form 10-K. 
Purchase obligations include all legally binding contracts such as firm minimum commitments for inventory purchases 
and  software  commitments.  We  issue  inventory  purchase  orders  in  the  normal  course  of  business,  which  represent 
authorizations to purchase that are cancellable by their terms.  We do not consider our cancellable purchase orders to 
be firm inventory commitments; therefore, they are excluded from the table above. 

• 

For  certain  of  our  future  obligations,  such  as  unrecognized  tax  benefits,  uncertainties  exist  regarding  the  timing  of  future 
payments and the amount by which these potential obligations will increase or decrease over time.  As such, we have excluded 
unrecognized  tax  benefits  from  the  table  above.  See  Note  7  of  “Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements,”  included  in 
Item 8 of this Form 10-K for additional discussion related to our unrecognized tax benefits.  The table also excludes various 
other  liabilities  that  are  not  contractual  in  nature,  including  contingent  liabilities,  litigation  accruals  and  contract  termination 
fees. 

The table below contains estimated interest payments (in thousands) related to our long-term debt obligations presented in the 
table above.  We calculated estimates of future interest payments based on the December 31, 2023 outstanding debt balances, 
using  the  fixed  rates  under  our  interest  rate  swap  agreements  for  the  applicable  notional  amounts  and  the  weighted  average 
effective interest rates as of December 31, 2023 for the remaining outstanding balances not covered by our swap contracts.  To 
project the estimated interest expense to coincide with the time periods used in the table above, we projected the estimated debt 
balances for future years based on the scheduled maturity dates of the Credit Facility, the Term Facility and the Receivables 
Facility.  Our actual interest payments could vary substantially from the amounts projected. 

Estimated Interest Payments Due by Period 

Total 
126,056 

$ 

Less than 
1 year 

1-3 years 

3-5 years 

More than 
5 years 

$ 

50,615 

$ 

74,508 

$ 

933 

$ 

— 

Interest 

45 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk 

We are exposed to market risks, including interest rate risk and foreign currency risk.  The adverse effects of potential changes 
in these market risks are discussed below.  The following discussion does not consider the effects of the reduced level of overall 
economic activity that could exist following such changes.  Further, in the event of changes of such magnitude, we would likely 
take actions to mitigate our exposure to such changes. 

Interest Rate Risk 

Our earnings are exposed to changes in short-term interest rates because of the variable interest rates on our debt.  However, we 
have entered into interest rate swap contracts to reduce our exposure to market fluctuations.  For information about our debt 
arrangements and interest rate swaps, see Note 5 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements,” included in Item 8 of this 
Form 10-K. 

In 2023, there was no interest rate risk related to the notional amounts under our interest rate swap contracts.  The portions of 
our  outstanding  balances  under  the  Credit  Facility,  Term  Facility  and  the  Receivables  Facility  that  were  not  covered  by  our 
interest rate swap contracts were subject to variable interest rates.  To calculate the potential impact in 2023 related to interest 
rate  risk,  we  performed  a  sensitivity  analysis  assuming  that  we  borrowed  the  monthly  maximum  available  amount  under  the 
Credit  Facility,  the  maximum  amount  available  under  the  Receivables  Facility  and  the  amount  outstanding  under  our  Term 
Facility.  In  this  analysis,  we  assumed  that  the  variable  interest  rates  for  the  Credit  Facility  and  the  Receivables  Facility 
increased by 1.0%.  Based on this calculation, our pretax income would have decreased by approximately $13.8 million and 
earnings per share would have decreased by approximately $0.26 per diluted share (based on the number of weighted average 
diluted shares outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2023).  The maximum amount available under the Credit Facility is 
$1.25 billion and the maximum amount available under the Receivables Facility is $350.0 million. 

Failure of our swap counterparties would result in the loss of any potential benefit to us under our swap agreements.  In this 
case, we would still be obligated to pay the variable interest payments underlying our debt agreements.  Additionally, failure of 
our swap counterparties would not eliminate our obligation to continue to make payments under our existing swap agreements 
if we continue to be in a net pay position. 

Currency Risk 

Changes in the exchange rates for the functional currencies of our international subsidiaries, as shown in the table below, may 
positively  or  negatively  impact  our  sales,  operating  expenses  and  earnings.  Historically,  we  have  not  hedged  our  currency 
exposure  and  fluctuations  in  exchange  rates  have  not  materially  affected  our  operating  results.  While  our  international 
operations,  including  Canada  and  Mexico,  accounted  for  only  7%  of  total  net  sales  in  2023,  our  exposure  to  currency  rate 
fluctuations could be material in 2024 and future years to the extent that either currency rate changes are significant or that our 
international operations comprise a larger percentage of our consolidated results. 

Functional Currencies 

Canada 
United Kingdom 
Belgium 
Croatia 
France 
Germany 
Italy 
Portugal 
Spain 
Mexico 
Australia 

Canadian Dollar 
British Pound 
Euro 
Euro 
Euro 
Euro 
Euro 
Euro 
Euro 
Mexican Peso 
Australian Dollar 

46 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Page 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID: 42) 

48 

Consolidated Statements of Income 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income 

Consolidated Balance Sheets 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

50 

51 

52 

53 

54 

55 

47 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Pool Corporation 

Opinion on the Financial Statements 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Pool Corporation (the Company) as of December 31, 2023 
and 2022, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash 
flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2023, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the 
“consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, 
the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2023 and 2022, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for 
each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2023, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting 
principles. 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) 
(PCAOB), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023, based on criteria established in 
Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission 
(2013 framework), and our report dated February 27, 2024 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon. 

Basis for Opinion 

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on 
the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are 
required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable 
rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the 
audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to 
error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial 
statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included 
examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included 
evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall 
presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

Critical Audit Matter 

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that 
was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that 
are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective or complex judgments. The 
communication of the critical audit matter does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken 
as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit 
matter or on the account or disclosure to which it relates. 

48 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Valuation of Goodwill 

Description of  
the Matter 

At December 31, 2023, the Company’s goodwill was $700.1 million, including $403.5 
million of goodwill relating to one reporting unit. As discussed in Note 3 of the 
consolidated financial statements, goodwill is tested for impairment at least annually at the 
reporting unit level. The Company’s goodwill is assigned to reporting units as of the 
acquisition date. 

How We  
Addressed the  
Matter in Our 
Audit 

Auditing management’s annual goodwill impairment test for this reporting unit was 
complex and highly judgmental due to the estimation required to determine the fair value of 
the reporting unit. In particular, the fair value estimate is sensitive to certain assumptions, 
such as changes in the weighted average cost of capital, revenue growth rate, operating 
margin, and terminal growth rate which are affected by expectations about future market or 
economic conditions. 

We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design, and tested the operating effectiveness of 
controls over the Company’s goodwill impairment review process, including controls over 
management’s review of the significant assumptions described above. 

To test the estimated fair value of the Company’s largest reporting unit, we performed audit 
procedures that included, among others, assessing methodologies and testing the significant 
assumptions discussed above and the underlying data used by the Company in its analysis. We 
compared the significant assumptions used by management to current industry and economic 
trends and other relevant factors, such as historical results. We assessed the historical accuracy 
of management’s estimates and performed sensitivity analyses of significant assumptions to 
evaluate the changes in the fair value of the reporting unit that would result from changes in 
the assumptions. We also involved a specialist to assist in our evaluation of the valuation 
methodology applied by the Company and certain significant assumptions used in estimating 
the fair value of the reporting unit.  In addition, we reviewed the comparison of the 
Company’s fair value of its largest reporting unit and the fair value of all other reporting units 
to the Company’s market capitalization. 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1994. 

New Orleans, Louisiana 
February 27, 2024 

49 

 
 
 
 
 
                                                                                                      
POOL CORPORATION 
Consolidated Statements of Income 
(In thousands, except per share data) 

Net sales 
Cost of sales 

Gross profit 

Selling and administrative expenses 

Operating income 

Interest and other non-operating expenses, net 
Income before income taxes and equity in earnings 
Provision for income taxes 
Equity in earnings of unconsolidated investments, net 
Net income 

Earnings per share attributable to common stockholders: 

Basic 
Diluted 

Weighted average common shares outstanding: 

Basic 
Diluted 

Year Ended December 31, 
2022 
$  6,179,727 
4,246,315 
1,933,412 
907,629 
1,025,783 
40,911 
984,872 
236,763 
353 
$  748,462 

2021 
$  5,295,584 
3,678,492 
1,617,092 
784,308 
832,784 
8,639 
824,145 
173,812 
291 
$  650,624 

2023 
$  5,541,595 
3,881,551 
1,660,044 
913,477 
746,567 
58,431 
688,136 
165,084 
177 
$  523,229 

$ 
$ 

13.45 
13.35 

$ 
$ 

18.89 
18.70 

$ 
$ 

16.21 
15.97 

38,704 
38,997 

39,409 
39,806 

39,876 
40,480 

Cash dividends declared per common share 

$ 

4.30 

$ 

3.80 

$ 

2.98 

The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements. 

50 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
POOL CORPORATION 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income 
(In thousands) 

Net income 
Other comprehensive income (loss): 

Foreign currency translation adjustments 
Unrealized (losses) gains on interest rate swaps, 
net of the change in taxes of $2,074, $(7,802) and $(3,733) 

Total other comprehensive income 
Comprehensive income 

Year Ended December 31, 
2022 
$  748,462 

2021 
$  650,624 

2023 
$  523,229 

6,909 

(10,028) 

(4,663) 

(6,222) 
687 
$  523,916 

23,407 
13,379 
$  761,841 

11,198 
6,535 
$  657,159 

The accompanying Notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements. 

51 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
POOL CORPORATION 
Consolidated Balance Sheets 
(In thousands, except share data) 

Assets 
Current assets: 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Receivables, net 
Receivables pledged under receivables facility 
Product inventories, net 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets 

Total current assets 

Property and equipment, net 
Goodwill 
Other intangible assets, net 
Equity interest investments 
Operating lease assets 
Other assets 
Total assets 

Liabilities and stockholders’ equity 
Current liabilities: 

Accounts payable 
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities 
Short-term borrowings and current portion of long-term debt 
Current operating lease liabilities 

Total current liabilities 

Deferred income taxes 
Long-term debt, net 
Other long-term liabilities 
Non-current operating lease liabilities 
Total liabilities 

Stockholders’ equity: 

Common stock, $0.001 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized; 
38,354,829 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2023 and 
39,069,419 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2022 
Additional paid-in capital 
Retained earnings 
Accumulated other comprehensive income 

Total stockholders’ equity 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity 

December 31, 

2023 

2022 

$ 

$ 

$ 

66,540 
145,723 
197,187 
1,365,466 
40,444 
1,815,360 

223,929 
700,078 
298,282 
1,305 
305,688 
83,426 
3,428,068 

508,672 
134,676 

38,203 

89,215 
770,766 

67,421 
1,015,117 
40,028 
221,949 
2,115,281 

45,591 
128,247 
223,201 
1,591,060 
30,892 
2,018,991 

193,709 
691,993 
305,450 
1,248 
269,608 
84,438 
3,565,437 

406,667 
168,521 

25,042 

75,484 
675,714 

58,759 
1,361,761 
35,471 
198,538 
2,330,243 

38 
606,177 
699,990 

6,582 
1,312,787 
3,428,068 

$ 

39 
575,776 
653,484 

5,895 
1,235,194 
3,565,437 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements. 

52 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
POOL CORPORATION 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 
(In thousands) 

Operating activities 
Net income 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: 

Depreciation 
Amortization 
Share-based compensation 
Provision for doubtful accounts receivable, net of write-offs 
Provision for inventory obsolescence, net of write-offs 
Provision for deferred income taxes 
Gains on sales of property and equipment 
Equity in earnings of unconsolidated investments, net 
Net (gains) losses on foreign currency transactions 
Goodwill impairment 
Other 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions: 

Receivables 
Product inventories 
Prepaid expenses and other assets 
Accounts payable 
Accrued expenses and other liabilities 
Net cash provided by operating activities 

Investing activities 
Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired 
Purchases of property and equipment, net of sale proceeds 
Other investments, net 
Net cash used in investing activities 

Financing activities 
Proceeds from revolving line of credit 
Payments on revolving line of credit 
Proceeds from term loan under credit facility 
Payments on term loan under credit facility 
Proceeds from asset-backed financing 
Payments on asset-backed financing 
Payments on term facility 
Proceeds from short-term borrowings and current portion of long-term debt 
Payments on short-term borrowings and current portion of long-term debt 
Payments of deferred financing costs 
Payments of deferred and contingent acquisition consideration 
Proceeds from stock issued under share-based compensation plans 
Payments of cash dividends 
Repurchases of common stock 
Net cash used in financing activities 
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents 
Change in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 

Year Ended December 31, 
2022 

2021 

2023 

$ 

523,229 

$ 

748,462 

$ 

650,624 

31,585 
8,555 
19,582 
2,197 
1,930 
10,359 
(317) 
(177) 
(813) 
550 
200 

10,108 
231,240 
57,840 
96,128 
(103,967) 
888,229 

(11,533) 
(60,096) 
32 
(71,597) 

30,381 
8,644 
14,879 
3,580 
5,869 
15,169 
(527) 
(353) 
48 
605 
472 

19,685 
(263,567) 
(52,815) 
7,597 
(53,275) 
484,854 

(9,264) 
(43,619) 
2,013 
(50,870) 

1,548,618 
(1,815,829) 
— 
(12,500) 
552,500 
(560,300) 
(47,313) 
19,998 
(19,338) 
(52) 
(551) 
10,455 
(167,461) 
(306,359) 
(798,132) 
2,449 
20,949 
45,591 
66,540 

1,917,173 
(1,970,388) 
250,000 
— 
220,000 
(205,500) 
(9,250) 
28,445 
(27,675) 
(170) 
(1,374) 
8,934 
(150,624) 
(471,229) 
(411,658) 
(1,056) 
21,270 
24,321 
45,591 

$ 

$ 

$ 

28,287 
1,739 
15,187 
1,134 
3,798 
4,650 
(93) 
(291) 
325 
— 
473 

(79,940) 
(525,207) 
(51,199) 
114,893 
149,110 
313,490 

(811,956) 
(37,658) 
— 
(849,614) 

1,438,408 
(974,506) 
250,000 
— 
495,000 
(430,000) 
(9,250) 
9,279 
(9,377) 
(2,638) 
(362) 
17,197 
(119,581) 
(138,039) 
526,131 
186 
(9,807) 
34,128 
24,321 

The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements. 

53 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
POOL CORPORATION 
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity 
(In thousands) 

Common Stock 

Shares 

40,232 

Amount 
40 

Additional 
Paid-In 
Capital 

519,579 

Balance at December 31, 2020 

Net income 
Foreign currency translation 
Interest rate swaps, net of the change 

in taxes of $(3,733) 

Repurchases of common stock, net of 

retirements 

Share-based compensation 
Issuance of stock under share-based 

compensation plans 

Declaration of cash dividends 

Balance at December 31, 2021 

Net income 
Foreign currency translation 
Interest rate swaps, net of the change 

in taxes of $(7,802) 

Repurchases of common stock, net of 

retirements 

Share-based compensation 
Issuance of stock under share-based 

compensation plans 

Declaration of cash dividends 

Net income 
Foreign currency translation 
Interest rate swaps, net of the change 

in taxes of $2,074 

Repurchases of common stock, net of 

retirements 

Share-based compensation 
Issuance of stock under share-based 

compensation plans 

Declaration of cash dividends 
Balance at December 31, 2023 

— 

— 

— 

(360) 

— 

321 

— 
40,193 

— 

— 

— 

(1,234) 

— 

110 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(862) 

— 

148 

— 

Balance at December 31, 2022 

39,069 

Retained 
Earnings 
133,870 

650,624 

— 

— 

(138,039) 

— 

— 

(119,581) 
526,874 

748,462 

— 

— 

(471,228) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

15,187 

17,197 

— 
551,963 

— 

— 

— 

— 

14,879 

8,934 

— 

(150,624) 

575,776 

— 

— 

— 

— 

19,582 

10,819 

653,484 

523,229 

— 

— 

(309,262) 

— 

— 

— 

(167,461) 

Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive 
(Loss) Income 

(14,019) 

— 

(4,663) 

Total 

639,470 

650,624 

(4,663) 

11,198 

11,198 

— 

— 

— 

— 
(7,484) 

— 

(10,028) 

(138,039) 

15,187 

17,197 

(119,581) 
1,071,393 

748,462 

(10,028) 

23,407 

23,407 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(471,229) 

14,879 

8,934 

(150,624) 

5,895 

1,235,194 

— 

6,909 

523,229 

6,909 

(6,222) 

(6,222) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(309,263) 

19,582 

10,819 

(167,461) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
40 

— 

— 

— 

(1) 

— 

— 

— 

39 

— 

— 

— 

(1) 

— 

— 

— 

38,355  $ 

38  $  606,177  $  699,990  $ 

6,582  $ 

1,312,787 

The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements. 

54 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
POOL CORPORATION 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Note 1 - Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

Description of Business 

As of December 31, 2023, Pool Corporation and our subsidiaries (the Company, which may also be referred to as we, us or our) 
operated 439 sales centers in North America, Europe and Australia from which we sell swimming pool supplies, equipment and 
related leisure products, irrigation and landscape maintenance products and hardscape, tile and stone products to pool builders, 
retail  stores,  service  companies,  landscape  contractors  and  others.  We  distribute  products  through  five  networks: 
SCP Distributors (SCP), Superior Pool Products (Superior), Horizon Distributors (Horizon), National Pool Tile (NPT) and Sun 
Wholesale Supply (Sun Wholesale). 

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation 

We prepared the Consolidated Financial Statements following U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and the 
requirements  of  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (SEC).  The  financial  statements  include  all  normal  and  recurring 
adjustments that are necessary for a fair presentation of our financial position and operating results.  The Consolidated Financial 
Statements  include  the  accounts  of  Pool  Corporation  and  our  subsidiaries.  All  of  our  subsidiaries  are  wholly  owned.  All 
significant intercompany accounts and intercompany transactions have been eliminated. 

Use of Estimates 

To prepare financial statements that conform to GAAP, we make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in 
our financial statements and accompanying notes.  Our most significant estimates relate to the allowance for doubtful accounts, 
inventory  obsolescence  reserves,  vendor  programs,  income  taxes,  performance-based  compensation  accruals  and  goodwill 
impairment evaluations.  We continually review our estimates and make adjustments as necessary, but actual results could be 
significantly different from what we expected when we made these estimates. 

Newly Adopted Accounting Pronouncements 

On June 30, 2023, we adopted Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2020-04, Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848), Facilitation 
of  the  Effects  of  Reference  Rate  Reform  on  Financial  Reporting,  and  all  related  amendments,  which  are  codified  into 
Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 848.  This standard provides optional expedients and exceptions for applying GAAP 
to transactions affected by reference rate reform if certain criteria are met.  These transactions include contract modifications, 
hedging relationships and sale or transfer of debt securities classified as held-to-maturity.  Prior to our debt amendments in June 
2023,  discussed  further  in  Note  5,  we  adopted  the  hedge  accounting  expedient  related  to  the  probability  of  forecasted 
transactions to assert probability of the hedged interest regardless of any expected modification related to reference rate reform.  
The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements or related disclosures, and 
we do not expect a material impact in future periods. 

Segment Reporting 

Since all of our sales centers have similar operations and share similar economic characteristics, we aggregate our sales centers 
into  a  single  reportable  segment.  These  similarities  include  (i)  the  nature  of  our  products  and  services,  (ii)  the  types  of 
customers we sell to and (iii) the distribution methods we use.  Our chief operating decision maker (CODM) evaluates each 
sales center based on individual performance that includes both financial and operational measures.  These measures include 
operating income growth and accounts receivable and inventory management criteria.  Each sales center manager and eligible 
field employee earns performance-based compensation based on these measures developed at the sales center level.  

A  bottom-up  approach  is  used  to  develop  the  operating  budget  for  each  individual  sales  center.  The  CODM  approves  the 
budget  and  routinely  monitors  budget  to  actual  results  for  each  sales  center.  Additionally,  our  CODM  makes  resource 
allocation  decisions  primarily  on  a  sales  center-by-sales  center  basis.  No  single  sales  center  meets  any  of  the  quantitative 
thresholds (10% of revenues, profit or assets) for separately reporting information about an operating segment.  We do not track 
sales by product lines and product categories on a consolidated basis.  We lack readily available financial information due to the 
number of our product lines and product categories and the fact that we make ongoing changes to product classifications within 
these groups, thus making it impracticable to report our sales by product category. 

55 

Seasonality and Weather 

Our business is seasonal, and weather is one of the principal external factors affecting our business.  In general, sales and net 
income  are  highest  during  the  second  and  third  quarters,  which  represent  the  peak  months  of  swimming  pool  use,  pool  and 
irrigation installation and remodeling and repair activities.  Sales are lower during the first and fourth quarters. 

Revenue Recognition 

We recognize a sale when a customer obtains control of the product, and we record the amount that reflects the consideration 
we expect to receive in exchange for such product.  We recognize a sale when a customer picks up product at any sales center, 
when we deliver product to their premises or job sites via our trucks or when we present the product to a third-party carrier.  For 
bill and hold sales, we determine when the customer obtains control of the product on a case-by-case basis to determine the 
amount of revenue to recognize each period. 

We consider our distribution of products to represent one reportable revenue stream.  Our products are similar in nature, and our 
revenue  recognition  policy  is  the  same  across  our  distribution  networks.  Our  customers  share  similar  characteristics  and 
purchase products across all categories.  We recognize revenue when our customers take control of our products.  We include 
shipping and handling fees billed to customers as freight out income within net sales.  

We  measure  revenue  as  the  amount  of  consideration  we  expect  to  receive  in  exchange  for  transferring  our  products.  
Consideration may vary due to volume incentives and expected customer returns.  We offer volume incentives to some of our 
customers and account for these incentives as a reduction of sales.  We estimate the amount of volume incentives earned based 
on our estimate of cumulative sales for the fiscal year relative to our customers’ progress toward achieving minimum purchase 
requirements.  We  record  customer  returns,  including  those  associated  with  customer  early  buy  programs,  as  a  reduction  of 
sales.  Based on available information related to our customers’ returns, we record an allowance for estimated returns, which 
historically has not been material.  We regularly review our marketing programs, coupons and customary business practices to 
determine if any variable consideration exists.  Other items that we record as reductions to sales include cash discounts, pricing 
adjustments and credit card fees related to customer payments.  

The  majority  of  our  sales  transactions  do  not  contain  additional  performance  obligations  after  delivery;  therefore,  we  do  not 
have multiple performance obligations for which to allocate the transaction price.  We recognize shipping and handling costs 
associated with outbound freight in selling and administrative expenses.  

We  report  sales  net  of  tax  amounts  that  we  collect  from  our  customers  and  remit  to  governmental  authorities.  These  tax 
amounts may include, but are not limited to, sales, use, value-added and some excise taxes. 

Vendor Programs 

Many of our arrangements with our vendors provide for us to receive specified amounts of consideration when we achieve any 
of a number of measures.  These measures are generally related to the volume level of purchases from our vendors, or our net 
cost of products sold, and may include negotiated pricing arrangements.  We account for vendor programs as a reduction of the 
prices of the vendors’ products and as a reduction of inventory until we sell the products, at which time such considerations are 
recognized as a reduction of Cost of sales on our Consolidated Statements of Income. 

Throughout the year, we estimate the amount earned based on our expectation of total purchases for the fiscal year relative to 
the purchase levels that mark our progress toward earning each program.  We accrue vendor benefits on a monthly basis using 
these estimates, provided that we determine they are probable and reasonably estimable.  We continually revise these estimates 
to reflect actual credits earned based on actual purchase levels and trends related to sales and purchasing mix.  When we make 
adjustments to our estimates, we determine whether any portion of the adjustment impacts the amount of vendor credits that are 
deferred in inventory.  We recognize changes in our estimates as a cumulative catch-up adjustment to the amounts recognized 
to date in our Consolidated Financial Statements. 

56 

Shipping and Handling Costs 

We record shipping and handling costs associated with inbound freight as cost of sales.  The table below presents shipping and 
handling costs associated with outbound freight, which we include in selling and administrative expenses (in thousands): 

2023 

2022 

2021 

$ 

84,932 

$ 

89,002 

$ 

75,411 

Share-Based Compensation 

We  record  share-based  compensation  for  stock  options  and  other  share-based  awards  based  on  the  estimated  fair  value  as 
measured on the grant date.  For stock option awards, we use a Black-Scholes model for estimating the grant date fair value.  
For additional discussion of share-based compensation, see Note 6. 

Advertising Costs 

We  expense  advertising  costs  when  incurred.  The  table  below  presents  advertising  expense  for  the  past  three  years 
(in thousands): 

2023 

2022 

2021 

$ 

28,532 

$ 

28,778 

$ 

9,409 

The increase in advertising costs from 2021 to 2022 is driven by our December 2021 acquisition of Porpoise Pool & Patio, Inc., 
and primarily relates to an advertising fund based on a percentage of Pinch A Penny franchisee sales. 

Income Taxes 

We reduce federal and state income taxes payable by the tax benefits associated with the exercise of nonqualified stock options 
and the lapse of restrictions on restricted stock awards.  To the extent realized tax deductions exceed the amount of previously 
recognized deferred tax benefits related to share-based compensation, we record an excess tax benefit.  We record all excess tax 
benefits  as  a  component  of  income  tax  benefit  or  expense  in  the  income  statement  in  the  period  in  which  stock  options  are 
exercised or restrictions on stock awards lapse. 

We record Global Intangible Low Tax Income (GILTI) on foreign earnings as period costs if and when incurred, although we 
have not realized any impacts since the U.S. first imposed taxes on GILTI in December 2017. 

For additional information regarding income taxes, see Note 7. 

Equity Method Investments 

We  account  for  our  50%  investment  in  Northpark  Corporate  Center,  LLC  (NCC)  using  the  equity  method  of  accounting.  
Accordingly, we report our share of income or loss based on our ownership interest in this investment. 

Earnings Per Share 

We calculate basic and diluted earnings per share using the two-class method.  Earnings per share under the two-class method is 
calculated  using  net  income  attributable  to  common  stockholders,  which  is  net  income  reduced  by  earnings  allocated  to 
participating securities.  Our participating securities include share-based payment awards that contain a non-forfeitable right to 
receive dividends and are considered to participate in undistributed earnings with common shareholders. 

Diluted EPS reflects the dilutive effects of potentially dilutive securities, which include in-the-money outstanding stock options 
and shares to be purchased under our employee stock purchase plan.  Using the treasury stock method, the effect of dilutive 
securities  includes  these  additional  shares  of  common  stock  that  would  have  been  outstanding  based  on  the  assumption  that 
these potentially dilutive securities had been issued.  For additional discussion of earnings per share, see Note 8. 

57 

Foreign Currency 

The functional currency of each of our foreign subsidiaries is its applicable local currency.  We translate our foreign subsidiary 
financial  statements  into  U.S.  dollars  based  on  published  exchange  rates.  We  include  these  translation  adjustments  as  a 
component of Accumulated other comprehensive income on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.  We include realized transaction 
gains and losses that arise from exchange rate fluctuations in Interest and other non-operating expenses, net on the Consolidated 
Statements of Income.  We realized a net foreign currency transaction gain of $0.8 million in 2023 and losses of $0.1 million in 
2022 and $0.3 million in 2021.   

Fair Value Measurements 

Recurring Fair Value Measurements 

Our  assets  and  liabilities  that  are  measured  at  fair  value  on  a  recurring  basis  include  the  unrealized  gains  or  losses  on  our 
interest rate swap contracts, our deferred compensation plan asset and liability and contingent consideration related to recent 
acquisitions.  The three levels of the fair value hierarchy under the accounting guidance are described below: 

Level 1  Inputs to the valuation methodology are unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active 

markets. 

Level 2  Inputs to the valuation methodology include: 

•  quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; 
•  quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in inactive markets; 
• 
• 

inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability; or 
inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by 
correlation or other means. 

Level 3  Inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement. 

The table below presents our assets and liabilities measured and recorded at fair value on a recurring basis (in thousands): 

Input Level  Classification 

Fair Value at December 31, 

2023 

2022 

Assets 
     Unrealized gains on interest rate swaps  Level 2 
Level 1 
     Deferred compensation plan asset 
Liabilities 
     Contingent consideration liabilities 
     Deferred compensation plan liability 

Level 3 
Level 1 

Other assets 
Other assets 

$ 

25,752 

$ 

15,347 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities 
Other long-term liabilities 

$ 

— 

$ 

15,347 

34,049 

13,148 

554 

13,148 

We use significant other observable market data or assumptions (Level 2 inputs) in determining the fair value of our interest 
rate  swaps  and  forward-starting  interest  rate  swap  contracts  that  we  believe  market  participants  would  use  in  pricing  similar 
assets or liabilities, including assumptions about counterparty risk.  Our fair value estimates reflect an income approach based 
on the terms of the interest rate swap contracts and inputs corroborated by observable market data including interest rate curves. 

Our deferred compensation plan asset represents investments in securities (primarily mutual funds) traded in an active market 
(Level  1  inputs)  held  for  the  benefit  of  certain  employees  as  part  our  deferred  compensation  plan.  We  record  an  equal  and 
offsetting deferred compensation plan liability, which represents our obligation to participating employees.  Changes in the fair 
value  of  the  plan  asset  and  liability  are  reflected  in  Selling  and  administrative  expenses  in  the  Consolidated  Statements  of 
Income.  For additional discussion of our nonqualified deferred compensation plan, see Note 11. 

The  carrying  values  of  cash,  receivables,  accounts  payable  and  accrued  liabilities  approximate  fair  value  due  to  the  short 
maturity  of  those  instruments.  The  carrying  value  of  long-term  debt  approximates  fair  value.  Our  determination  of  the 
estimated fair value reflects a discounted cash flow model using our estimates, including assumptions related to borrowing rates 
(Level 3 inputs). 

58 

Nonrecurring Fair Value Measurements 

In  addition  to  our  assets  and  liabilities  that  we  measure  at  fair  value  on  a  recurring  basis,  our  assets  and  liabilities  are  also 
subject to nonrecurring fair value measurements.  Generally, our assets are recorded at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as a 
result  of  impairment  charges  or  business  combinations.  For  additional  discussion  of  goodwill  and  intangible  assets  and 
impairment, see Note 3. 

Derivatives and Hedging Activities 

At inception, we formally designate and document our interest rate swap contracts that qualify for hedge accounting as cash 
flow  hedges  of  interest  payments  on  variable  rate  borrowings.  We  formally  assess,  both  at  inception  and  at  least  quarterly, 
whether the financial instruments used in hedging transactions are effective at offsetting changes in cash flows of the related 
underlying exposure.  To the extent our derivatives are effective in offsetting the variability of the hedged cash flows, we record 
the changes in the estimated fair value of our interest rate swap contracts to Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) on 
the Consolidated Balance Sheets.  

Our  interest  rate  swap  contracts  and  forward-starting  interest  rate  swap  contracts  are  subject  to  master  netting  arrangements.  
According to our accounting policy, we do not offset the fair values of assets with the fair values of liabilities related to these 
contracts. 

We recognize any differences between the variable interest rate in effect and the fixed interest rate per our swap contracts as an 
adjustment to interest expense over the life of the swaps.    

For  our  interest  rate  swap  contracts  currently  in  effect,  a  portion  of  the  change  in  the  estimated  fair  value  between  periods 
relates  to  future  interest  expense.  Recognition  of  the  change  in  fair  value  between  periods  attributable  to  accrued  interest  is 
reclassified  from  Accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  (loss)  to  Interest  and  other  non-operating  expenses,  net  on  the 
Consolidated Statements of Income.  These amounts were not material in any period presented.  For additional discussion of 
our interest rate swaps, see Note 5.  

Cash Equivalents 

We  consider  all  highly  liquid  investments  with  an  original  maturity  of  three  months  or  less  when  purchased  to  be  cash 
equivalents. 

Credit Risk and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts 

We record trade receivables at the invoiced amounts less an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses we may incur 
if customers do not pay.  We perform periodic credit evaluations of our customers and we typically do not require collateral.  
Consistent with industry practices, we generally require payment from our North American customers within 30 days, except 
for sales under early buy programs for which we provide extended payment terms to qualified customers. 

Management  estimates  future  losses  based  on  historical  bad  debts,  customer  receivable  balances,  age  of  customer  receivable 
balances, customers’ financial conditions and current and forecasted economic trends, including certain trends in the housing 
market,  the  availability  of  consumer  credit  and  general  economic  conditions  (as  commonly  measured  by  Gross  Domestic 
Product  or  GDP).  We  monitor  housing  market  trends  through  review  of  the  House  Price  Index  as  published  by  the  Federal 
Housing Finance Agency, which measures the movement of single-family house prices.  At the end of each quarter, we perform 
a reserve analysis of all accounts with balances greater than $20,000 that are more than 60 days past due.  During the year, we 
write  off  account  balances  when  we  have  exhausted  reasonable  collection  efforts  and  determined  that  the  likelihood  of 
collection is remote.  These write-offs are charged against our allowance for doubtful accounts. 

The following table summarizes the changes in our allowance for doubtful accounts for the past three years (in thousands): 

Balance at beginning of year 

Bad debt expense 
Write-offs, net of recoveries 

Balance at end of year 

2023 

2022 

2021 

$ 

$ 

9,522 
7,526 
(5,330) 
11,718 

$ 

$ 

5,942 
7,449 
(3,869) 
9,522 

$ 

$ 

4,808 
3,377 
(2,243) 
5,942 

59 

Product Inventories and Reserve for Inventory Obsolescence 

Product inventories consist primarily of goods we purchase from manufacturers to sell to our customers.  We record inventory 
at  the  lower  of  cost,  using  the  moving  average  cost  method,  or  net  realizable  value.  We  establish  our  reserve  for  inventory 
obsolescence based on inventory turns by class with particular emphasis on stock keeping units with the weakest sales over the 
expected  sellable  period,  which  is  the  previous  12  months  for  most  products.  The  reserve  is  intended  to  reflect  the  net 
realizable value of inventory that we may not be able to sell at a profit. 

In evaluating the adequacy of our reserve for inventory obsolescence, we consider a combination of factors including: 

• 

• 
• 
• 
• 

the level of inventory in relation to historical sales by product, including inventory usage by classification based on 
product sales at both the sales center and on a company-wide basis; 
changes in customer preferences or regulatory requirements; 
seasonal fluctuations in inventory levels; 
geographic location; and 
superseded products and new product offerings. 

We periodically adjust our reserve for inventory obsolescence as changes occur in the above-identified factors. 

The following table summarizes the changes in our reserve for inventory obsolescence for the past three years (in thousands): 

2023 

2022 

2021 

Balance at beginning of year 

$ 

21,208 

$ 

15,196 

$ 

11,398 

Provision for inventory write-downs 
Deduction for inventory write-offs 

8,483 

(6,227) 

11,989 

(5,977) 

7,781 

(3,983) 

Balance at end of year 

$ 

23,464 

$ 

21,208 

$ 

15,196 

Property and Equipment 

Property and equipment are stated at cost.  We depreciate property and equipment on a straight-line basis over the following 
estimated useful lives: 

Buildings 
Leasehold improvements (1) 
Autos and trucks 
Machinery and equipment 
Computer equipment 
Furniture and fixtures 

40 years 
1 - 10 years 
3 - 6 years 
3 - 15 years 
3 - 7 years 
5 - 10 years 

(1)  For substantial improvements made near the end of a lease term where we are reasonably certain the lease will be 

renewed, we amortize the leasehold improvement over the remaining life of the lease including the expected renewal 
period. 

The table below presents depreciation expense for the past three years (in thousands): 

2023 

2022 

2021 

$ 

31,585 

$ 

30,381 

$ 

28,287 

Acquisitions 

We  use  the  acquisition  method  of  accounting  and  recognize  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  at  fair  value  as  of  the 
acquisition date.  Any contingent assets acquired and contingent liabilities assumed are also recognized at fair value if we can 
reasonably estimate fair value during the measurement period (which cannot exceed one year from the acquisition date).  We 
re-measure any contingent liabilities at fair value in each subsequent reporting period.  We expense all acquisition-related costs 
as incurred, including any restructuring costs associated with a business combination. 

60 

Any excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair values of the identifiable net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. 
Significant  judgment  is  often  required  in  estimating  the  fair  value  of  assets  acquired,  particularly  intangible  assets.  Our  fair 
value estimates are based on available historical information and on expectations and assumptions about the future, considering 
the perspective of market participants.  Unanticipated market or macroeconomic events and circumstances may occur, which 
could affect the underlying estimates and assumptions. 

If our initial acquisition accounting is incomplete by the end of the reporting period in which a business combination occurs, we 
report  provisional  amounts  for  incomplete  items.  Once  we  obtain  information  required  to  finalize  the  accounting  for 
incomplete items, we adjust the provisional amounts recognized.  We make adjustments to these provisional amounts during the 
measurement period. 

For all acquisitions, we include the results of operations in our Consolidated  Financial Statements as of the acquisition date.  
For additional discussion of acquisitions, see Note 2. 

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets 

Goodwill represents the excess of the amount we paid to acquire a company over the estimated fair value of tangible assets and 
identifiable intangible assets acquired, less liabilities assumed.  We test goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets for 
impairment annually as of October 1st and at any other time when impairment indicators exist. 

To estimate the fair value of our reporting units, we project company-wide future cash flows using management’s assumptions 
for  sales  growth  rates,  operating  margins,  discount  rates  and  earnings  multiples.  The  earnings  multiples  are  then  used  to 
estimate the fair value of each reporting unit.  These assumptions are considered unobservable inputs (Level 3 inputs as defined 
in  the  accounting  guidance).  To  the  extent  the  carrying  value  of  a  reporting  unit  is  greater  than  its  estimated  fair  value,  we 
perform  a  discounted  cash  flow  analysis  at  the  reporting  unit  level  to  further  evaluate  our  initial  fair  value  estimate.  If  the 
carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds the fair value, we record a goodwill impairment charge for the difference, up to the 
carrying value of the goodwill.  We recognize any impairment loss in operating income.  Since we define an operating segment 
as an individual sales center and we do not have operations below the sales center level, our reporting unit is an individual sales 
center.  For additional discussion of goodwill and other intangible assets, see Note 3. 

Receivables Securitization Facility 

Our accounts receivable securitization facility (the Receivables Facility) provides for the sale of certain of our receivables to a 
wholly owned subsidiary (the Securitization Subsidiary).  The Securitization Subsidiary transfers variable undivided percentage 
interests in the receivables and related rights to certain third-party financial institutions in exchange for cash proceeds, limited 
to the applicable funding capacities.  

We account for the sale of the receivable interests as a secured borrowing on our Consolidated Balance Sheets.  The receivables 
subject  to  the  agreement  collateralize  the  cash  proceeds  received  from  the  third-party  financial  institutions.  We  classify  the 
entire outstanding balance as Long-term debt on our Consolidated Balance Sheets as we intend and have the ability to refinance 
the obligations on a long-term basis.  We present the receivables that collateralize the cash proceeds separately as Receivables 
pledged under receivables facility on our Consolidated Balance Sheets.  For additional discussion of the Receivables Facility, 
see Note 5. 

Self-Insurance 

We  are  self-insured  for  employee  health  benefits,  workers’  compensation  coverage,  property  and  casualty,  and  automobile 
insurance.  To  limit  our  exposure,  we  also  maintain  excess  and  aggregate  liability  coverage.  We  establish  self-insurance 
reserves  based  on  estimates  of  claims  incurred  but  not  reported  and  information  that  we  obtain  from  third-party  service 
providers  regarding  known  claims.  Our  management  reviews  these  reserves  based  on  consideration  of  various  factors, 
including but not limited to the age of existing claims, estimated settlement amounts and other historical claims data. 

61 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income  

The table below presents the components of our Accumulated other comprehensive income balance (in thousands):

Foreign currency translation adjustments 
Unrealized gains on interest rate swaps, net of tax 
Accumulated other comprehensive income 

Retained Earnings 

 December 31, 

2023 

2022 

$ 

$ 

(12,699) 

$ 

(19,608) 

19,281 

6,582 

$ 

25,503 

5,895 

We  account  for the  retirement  of share  repurchases as a  decrease  to our Retained earnings on our Consolidated Balance  Sheets.  
As  of  December  31,  2023,  the   retained  earnings  reflects  cumulative   net   income,  the   cumulative   impact   of  adjustments  for 
changes in accounting pronouncements, treasury share  retirements since  the  inception of our share  repurchase  programs of $2.4 
billion and cumulative dividends of $1.1 billion. 

Supplemental Cash Flow Information 

The   following  table   presents  supplemental   disclosures  to  the   accompanying  Consolidated  Statements  of  Cash  Flows  (in 
thousands): 

Year Ended December 31, 
2022 

2021 

2023 

Cash paid during the year for: 

Interest  
Income taxes, net of refunds 

$ 

58,131 
153,157 

$ 

39,759 
314,714 

$ 

10,023 
83,953 

62 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements Pending Adoption 

The following table summarizes the remaining recent accounting pronouncements that we plan to adopt in future periods: 

Standard 
ASU 2023-09, Income  
Taxes (Topic 740): 
Improvements to 
Income Tax  
Disclosures 

Description 

In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU 
2023-09, Income Taxes- Improvements to Income 
Tax Disclosures, which will require enhancements 
and further transparency for decision usefulness  to 
various income tax disclosures, most notably the 
tax rate reconciliation and income taxes paid. 

ASU 2023-07, 
Segment Reporting 
(Topic 280), 
Improvements to 
Reportable Segment 
Disclosures 

ASU 2023-06, 
Disclosure  
Improvements: 
Codification 
Amendments in 
Response to the SEC’s 
Disclosure Update and 
Simplification 
Initiative 

In November 2023, the FASB issued ASU 
2023-07, Improvements to Reportable Segment 
Disclosures, which  intends to improve reportable 
segment disclosures through requirement of 
enhanced disclosures about significant segment 
expenses, enhanced interim disclosure 
requirements, refines situations in which an entity 
can disclose multiple segment measures of profit or 
loss, provides advanced segment disclosure 
requirements for entities with a single reportable 
segment, as well as other disclosure requirements. 

In October 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-06, 
Disclosure Agreements - Codification Amendments 
in Response to the SEC’s Disclosure Update and 
Simplification Initiative, which will impact various 
disclosure areas, including the statement of cash 
flows, accounting changes and error corrections, 
earnings per share, debt, equity, derivatives, and 
transfers of financial assets. 

Effect on Financial  
Statements and Other  
Significant Matters 

We are currently 
evaluating the effect 
this standard will have  
on our disclosures. 

We are currently 
evaluating the effect 
this standard will have  
on our disclosures. 

Effective Date 

Annual periods 
beginning after 
December 15, 2024 on 
a prospective basis and 
retrospective 
application is 
permitted. Early 
adoption is also 
permitted. 

Annual periods 
beginning after 
December 15, 2023 on 
a retrospective basis. 
Early adoption is 
permitted. 

We are currently 
evaluating the effect 
this standard will have  
on our disclosures. 

The amendments in 
ASU 2023-06 will be  
effective on the date  
the related disclosures 
are removed from  
Regulation S-X or 
Regulation S-K by the 
SEC and will no longer 
be effective if the SEC  
has not removed the  
applicable disclosure 
requirement by June 
30, 2027. Early 
adoption is prohibited. 

Note 2 - Acquisitions 

2023 Acquisitions 

In  December  2023,  we   acquired  the   distribution  assets  of  A.C.  Solucoes  para   Piscinas,  Lda.,  a   wholesale   distributor  of 
swimming pool equipment, chemicals and supplies, adding one location in Braga, Portugal. 

In  June   2023,  we   acquired  the   distribution  assets  of  Pioneer  Pool   Products,  Inc.,  a   wholesale   distributor  of  swimming  pool  
equipment, chemicals and supplies, adding one location in Alabama. 

In  May  2023,  we   acquired  the   distribution  assets  of  Recreation  Supply  Company,  a   wholesale   distributor  of  commercial  
swimming pool products, adding one location in North Dakota. 

In March 2023, we  acquired the  distribution assets of Pro-Water Irrigation &  Landscape  Supply, Inc., a  wholesale  distributor of 
irrigation and landscape supply products, adding two locations in Arizona. 

2022 Acquisitions 

In  April   2022,  we   acquired  the   distribution  assets  of  Tri-State   Pool   Distributors,  a   wholesale   distributor  of  swimming  pool  
equipment, chemicals and supplies, adding one location in West Virginia. 

63 

2021 Acquisitions 

We   acquired  Porpoise   Pool   &   Patio,  Inc.  (Porpoise)  on  December  16,  2021  for  $788.7  million,  net   of  cash  acquired.    We  
recognized  goodwill   of  $403.5  million,  other  intangible   assets  of  $301.0  million  and  tangible   assets  of  $84.2  million,  which 
included $57.4 million of acquired land and buildings.  The acquisition was funded with borrowings on our Credit Facility.  

Porpoise’s primary operations consist  of Sun Wholesale  Supply, a  wholesale  distributor of swimming pool  and outdoor-living 
products, adding one  distribution location in Florida.  It  also services Pinch A Penny, Inc., a  franchisor of independently owned 
and operated pool and outdoor living-related specialty retail stores.  

In  December  2021,  we   acquired  the   distribution  assets  of  Wingate   Supply,  Inc.,  a   wholesale   distributor  of  irrigation  and 
landscape maintenance products, adding one location in Florida. 

In June  2021, we  acquired the  distribution assets of Vak Pak Builders Supply, Inc., a  wholesale  distributor of swimming pool  
equipment, chemicals and supplies, adding one location in Florida. 

In April  2021, we  acquired Pool  Source, LLC, a  wholesale  distributor of swimming pool  equipment, chemicals and supplies, 
adding one location in Tennessee. 

We   have   completed  our  acquisition  accounting  for  all   acquisitions  discussed  above,  subject   to  adjustments  for  standard 
holdback provisions per the terms of the purchase agreements, which are not material. 

Note 3 - Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets 

The table below presents changes in the carrying amount of goodwill and our accumulated impairment losses (in thousands): 

Goodwill (gross) at December 31, 2021 

$ 

Acquired goodwill 
Foreign currency translation and other adjustments 

Goodwill (gross) at December 31, 2022 

Accumulated impairment losses at December 31, 2021 

Goodwill impairment 

Accumulated impairment losses at December 31, 2022 

701,753 
5,500 
(1,266) 
705,987 

(13,389) 
(605) 
(13,994) 

Goodwill (net) at December 31, 2022 

$ 

691,993 

Goodwill (gross) at December 31, 2022 

$ 

Acquired goodwill 
Foreign currency translation and other adjustments 

Goodwill (gross) at December 31, 2023 

Accumulated impairment losses at December 31, 2022 

Goodwill impairment 

Accumulated impairment losses at December 31, 2023 

705,987 
8,137 
498 
714,622 

(13,994) 
(550) 
(14,544) 

Goodwill (net) at December 31, 2023 

$ 

700,078 

The  determination of our reporting units’ goodwill  and intangibles fair values includes numerous assumptions that  are  subject  
to various risks and uncertainties.  The  principal  assumptions, all  of which are  considered Level  3 inputs, used in our cash flow 
analyses  consisted  of  changes  in  market   conditions,  forecasted  future   operating  results  (including  sales  growth  rates  and 
operating margins) and discount rates (including our weighted-average cost of capital). 

64 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In September 2023, we  recorded goodwill  impairment  of $0.6 million, primarily related to one  of our Horizon reporting units in 
Texas  that   we   previously  identified  as  being  most   at   risk  of  goodwill   impairment.    We   had  been  monitoring  this  location’s 
results,  which  came   in  below  expectations  at   the   end  of  the   2023  season.    We   performed  an  interim   goodwill   impairment  
analysis, which included a  discounted cash flow analysis, and determined that  the  estimated fair value  of the  reporting unit  no 
longer exceeded its carrying value. 

In October 2023, we  performed our annual  goodwill  impairment  test  and did not  record any additional  goodwill  impairment  at  
the   reporting  unit   level.    As  of  October  1,  2023,  we   had  250  reporting  units  with  allocated  goodwill   balances.      Our  most  
significant   goodwill   balance   of  $403.5  million  was  related  to  our  Porpoise   Pool   &   Patio  reporting  unit   and  the   next   largest  
goodwill balance for a reporting unit was $12.1 million.  The average goodwill balance per reporting unit was $2.8 million.  

In October 2022, we  performed our annual  goodwill  impairment  test  and recorded goodwill  impairment  of $0.6 million related 
to the closure of a Horizon reporting unit in that period. 

We   record  goodwill   and  intangibles  impairment   in  Selling  and  administrative   expenses  on  our  Consolidated  Statements  of 
Income. 

Other intangible assets consisted of the following (in thousands): 

December 31, 

Intangibles 
Gross 

2023 
Accumulated 
Amortization 

Intangibles 
Net 

Intangibles 
Gross 

2022 
Accumulated 
Amortization 

Intangibles 
Net 

Weighted 
Average  
Useful  
Life 

$ 

8,400 

$ 

— 

$ 

8,400 

$ 

8,400 

$ 

— 

$ 

8,400 

Indefinite 

169,000 

— 

169,000 

169,000 

— 

169,000 

Indefinite 

1,500 

(1,187) 

313 

1,500 

(1,112) 

388 

6,206 

(3,258) 

2,948 

6,022 

(2,533) 

3,489 

109,000 

(11,125) 

97,875 

109,000 

(5,677) 

103,323 

22,000 

(2,254) 

19,746 

22,000 

(1,150) 

20,850 

$  316,106 

$ 

(17,824)  $  298,282 

$  315,922 

$ 

(10,472)  $  305,450 

20 

4.64 

20 

20 

Horizon 
tradename 
Pinch A 
Penny brand 
name 
National  
Pool Tile  
(NPT) 
tradename 
Non-
compete  
agreements 
Customer 
relationships 
Franchise  
agreements 

Total other 
intangibles 

The   Horizon  tradename   and  Pinch  A  Penny  brand  name   each  have   an  indefinite   useful   life   and  are   not   subject   to 
amortization.  We  evaluate  the  useful  life  of these  intangible  assets and test  for impairment  annually.  The  NPT  tradename, our 
non-compete   agreements,  customer  relationships  and  franchise   agreements  have   finite   useful   lives,  and  we   amortize   the  
estimated  fair  value   of  these   agreements  using  the   straight-line   method  over  their  respective   useful   lives.    We   have   not  
identified any indicators of impairment  related to these  assets.  The  useful  lives for our non-compete  agreements are  based on 
their contractual terms. 

Other intangible amortization expense was $7.8 million in 2023, $7.8 million in 2022 and $1.3 million in 2021. 

The table below presents estimated amortization expense for other intangible assets for the next five years (in thousands): 
2024 
2025 
2026 
2027 
2028 

7,794 
7,676 
7,143 
6,790 
6,619 

$ 

65 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 4 - Details of Certain Balance Sheet Accounts 

The table below presents additional information regarding certain balance sheet accounts (in thousands): 

Receivables, net: 
Trade accounts 
Vendor programs 
Other, net 
Total receivables 
Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts 
Receivables, net 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets: 
Prepaid expenses 
Other current assets 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets 

Property and equipment, net: 
Land 
Buildings 
Leasehold improvements 
Autos and trucks 
Machinery and equipment 
Computer equipment 
Furniture and fixtures 
Fixed assets in progress 
Total property and equipment 
Less: Accumulated depreciation 
Property and equipment, net 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities: 
Salaries and payroll deductions 
Performance-based compensation 
Taxes payable 
Other current liabilities 
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities 

December 31, 

2023 

2022 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

60,966 
92,072 
4,403 
157,441 

(11,718) 
145,723 

31,175 
9,269 
40,444 

24,077 
56,181 
81,114 
127,381 
109,532 
34,192 
9,935 
14,653 
457,065 
(233,136) 
223,929 

23,378 
30,346 
21,209 
59,743 
134,676 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

32,793 
101,554 
3,422 
137,769 

(9,522) 
128,247 

24,394 
6,498 
30,892 

19,865 
55,911 
70,945 
112,091 
93,491 
32,380 
9,670 
10,869 
405,222 
(211,513) 
193,709 

22,318 
70,609 
16,479 
59,115 
168,521 

66 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 5 - Debt 

The table below presents the components of our debt (in thousands): 

December 31, 

2023 

2022 

Variable rate debt 
Current portion of long-term debt: 

Australian credit facility 
Current portion of term loans under credit facility 

Short-term borrowings and current portion of long-term debt 

$ 

$ 

13,203 
25,000 
38,203 

12,542 
12,500 
25,042 

Long-term portion: 

Revolving credit facility 
Term loans under credit facility 
Term facility 
Receivables securitization facility 
Less:  financing costs, net 

Long-term debt, net 
Total debt 

252,500 
462,500 
109,937 
191,700 
1,520 
1,015,117 
$  1,053,320 

519,711 
487,500 
157,250 
199,500 
2,200 
1,361,761 
$  1,386,803 

Credit Facility 

Our Credit  Facility, most  recently amended on June  30, 2023, provides for $1.25 billion in borrowing capacity, consisting of a  
$750.0 million revolving credit  facility and a  $500.0 million term  loan facility.  The  Credit  Facility also includes sublimits for 
the issuance of swingline loans and standby letters of credit and matures on September 25, 2026.  

On June  30, 2023, we  entered into the  Second Amendment  to the  Second Amended and Restated Credit  Agreement  (the  Credit  
Agreement) among us as U.S. Borrower, SCP Distributors Canada  Inc. as Canadian Borrower, SCP International, Inc. as Euro 
Borrower,  the   Subsidiary  Guarantors  party  thereto,  Wells  Fargo  Bank,  National   Association,  as  Administrative   Agent,  and 
certain  other  lenders  party  thereto.    The   amendment   updated  the   index  used  for  the   Base   Rate   (as  further  defined  within  the  
Credit   Facility  Amendment)  from   LIBOR   to  Term   SOFR.    The   amendment   also  increased  the   maximum   amount   for  the  
Accounts Securitization (as further defined within the  Credit  Agreement) from  $350.0 million to $500.0 million and increased 
the   Canadian  Dollar  Commitment,  Euro  Commitment   and  Swingline   Commitment   (all   as  further  defined  within  the   Credit  
Facility Agreement) to $50.0 million each. 

Our term  loans under the  credit  facility require  quarterly amortization payments beginning in September 2023 aggregating to 
20% of the  original  principal  amount  of the  loan during the  third, fourth and fifth years of the  loan, with all  remaining principal  
due  on September 25, 2026.  All  other terms of any such term  loans would be  substantially similar to those  governing revolving 
credit loans under the Credit Agreement.  

All  obligations under the  Credit  Agreement  are  guaranteed on an unsecured basis by substantially all  of our existing and future  
domestic  subsidiaries.  The  Credit  Agreement  also contains various customary affirmative  and negative  covenants and events of 
default.  The  occurrence  of any of these  events of default  would permit  the  lenders to, among other things, require  immediate  
payment of all amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreement. 

At  December 31, 2023, there  was $740.0 million outstanding, including a  $487.5 million term  loan, a  $16.0 million standby 
letter  of  credit   outstanding  and  $481.5  million  available   for  borrowing  under  the   Credit   Facility.    The   weighted  average  
effective  interest  rate  for the  Credit  Facility as of December 31, 2023 was approximately 4.7%, excluding commitment  fees and 
including the impact of our interest rate swaps. 

Revolving and term  borrowings under the  Credit  Facility bear interest, at  our option, at  either of the  following and, in each case, 
plus an applicable margin: 

a.  a   base   rate,  which  is  the   highest   of  (i)  the   Agent’s  prime   rate,  (ii)  the   Federal   Funds  Rate   plus  0.500%  and  (iii) 

Adjusted Term SOFR (defined below) for a one-month tenor in effect on such day plus 1.000%; or 

67 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
b.  Adjusted Term  SOFR, the  rate  per annum  equal  to Term  SOFR  for such calculation plus the  Term  SOFR  adjustment  

of 0.10%. 

Borrowings by the  Canadian Borrower bear interest, at  the  Canadian Borrower’s option, at  either of the  following and, in each 
case, plus an applicable margin: 

a.  a  base  rate, which is the  greatest  of (i) the  Canadian Reference  Bank prime  rate  and (ii) the  Canadian Dealer Offered 

Rate (CDOR) plus 1.000%; or 

b.  CDOR. 

Borrowings by the Euro Borrower bear interest at the Adjusted Eurocurrency rate plus an applicable margin. 

Borrowings under any swingline  loans under the  Credit  Facility bear interest, at  our option, at  either of the  following and, in 
each case, plus an applicable margin:  

a. 

the  Term  SOFR  Swingline  Rate, the  greater of (i) Adjusted Term  SOFR  for a  period equal  to one  month (commencing 
on the date of determination of such interest rate) and (ii) a floor rate specified in the Credit Agreement; or 

b.  a   base   rate,  which  is  the   highest   of  (i)  the   Agent’s  prime   rate,  (ii)  the   Federal   Funds  Rate   plus  0.500%  and  (iii) 

Adjusted Term SOFR for a one-month tenor in effect on such day plus 1.000%. 

The  interest  rate  margins on the  borrowings and letters of credit  issued under the  Credit  Agreement  are  based on our leverage  
ratio  and  will   range   from   0.000%  to  0.425%  on  Base   Rate,  Canadian  Base   Rate   and  Base   Rate   swingline   loans  and  from  
0.910% to 1.425% on CDOR, Adjusted Term  SOFR, Adjusted Eurocurrency rate  and Term  SOFR  Swingline  Rate  loans (with 
all   such  rates  being  calculated  in  accordance   with  the   terms  and  by  reference   to  the   definitions  specified  in  the   Credit  
Agreement).    We   are   also  required  to  pay  an  annual   facility  fee   with  respect   to  the   lenders’  aggregate   revolving  credit  
agreement, the amount of which is based on our leverage ratio. 

Term Facility 

On  December  30,  2019,  we   along  with  certain  of  our  subsidiaries  entered  into  a   $185.0  million  term   facility  (the   “Term  
Facility”) with Bank of America, N.A. pursuant  to a  credit  agreement  subsequently amended on October 12, 2021, among us, as 
Borrower  and  Bank  of  America,  N.A.,  as  the   Lender.    On  June   30,  2023,  we   entered  into  the   Second  Amendment   to  Credit  
Agreement  (the  “Term  Facility Agreement”) among us, as Borrower, the  Guarantors party thereto and Bank of America, N.A. 
as Lender.  The  amendment  updated the  index used for the  Base  Rate  (as further defined within the  Term  Facility Agreement) 
from LIBOR to Term SOFR.  The Term Facility matures on December 30, 2026. 

Under  the   Term   Facility,  we   are   required  to  make   quarterly  amortization  payments  in  installments  of  1.250%  of  the   Term  
Facility on the  last  business day of each quarter.   We  may prepay amounts outstanding under the  Term  Facility without  penalty 
other  than  interest   breakage   costs.    In  June   2023,  we   made   a   prepayment   on  the   Term   Facility  of  $45.0  million  with  $32.4 
million applied against the remaining quarterly installments and the remainder applied against the amount due at maturity. 

Our  obligations  under  the   Term   Facility  are   guaranteed  on  an  unsecured  basis  by  substantially  all   of  our  existing  and  future  
domestic  subsidiaries.  The  Term  Facility Agreement  contains various customary affirmative  and negative  covenants and events 
of default.  The  occurrence  of any of these  events of default  would permit  the  lenders to, among other things, require  immediate  
payment of all amounts outstanding under the Term Facility Agreement. 

At  December 31, 2023, the  Term  Facility had an outstanding balance  of $109.9 million at  a  weighted average  effective  interest  
rate of 6.6%. 

Borrowings under the  Term  Facility bear interest, at  our option, at  either of the  following and, in each case, plus an applicable  
margin: 

a.  a   base   rate,  which  is  the   greatest   of  (i)  the   rate   per  annum   equal   to  the   weighted  average   of  the   rates  on  overnight  
federal  funds transactions with members of the  Federal  Reserve  System, as published by the  Federal  Reserve  Bank of 
New York on the  business day next  succeeding such day plus 0.50%, (ii) Bank of America’s “prime  rate,”  or (iii) the  
Term SOFR Rate (defined below) plus 1.00%; or 
the  Term  SOFR  Rate, which is the  greater of (i) the  rate  per annum  equal  to the  Term  SOFR  Screen Rate  administered 
by  CME   Group  Benchmark  Administration  Limited  or  any  successor  administrator  plus  the   SOFR   adjustment   of 
0.10% or (ii) a floor rate specified in the Term Facility Agreement. 

b. 

68 

The  interest  rate  margins on the  borrowings under the  Term  Facility are  based on our leverage  ratio and will  range  from  0.000% 
to 0.625% on Base  Rate  borrowings and 1.000% to 1.625% on Adjusted Term  SOFR  Rate  borrowings (with all  such rates being 
calculated in accordance with the terms and by reference to the definitions specified in the Term Facility Agreement). 

Receivables Securitization Facility 

On  November  1,  2022,  we   and  certain  of  our  subsidiaries  entered  into  an  agreement   (the   “Amended  Receivables  Purchase  
Agreement”) amending our two-year receivable  securitization facility.  As amended, the  Receivables Facility has a  maximum  
facility limit  of $350.0 million in the  months of April  through August  and a  funding capacity that  ranges from  $210.0 million to 
$340.0 million during the  remaining months of the  year.  The  maturity date  of the  Receivables Facility is November 1, 2024.  
Amounts outstanding under the Receivables Facility bear interest at Term SOFR plus an applicable margin of 0.75%.  

The  Receivables Facility provides for the  sale  of certain of our receivables to a  wholly owned subsidiary (the  “Securitization 
Subsidiary”).    The   Securitization  Subsidiary  transfers  variable   undivided  percentage   interests  in  the   receivables  and  related 
rights  to  certain  third-party  financial   institutions  in  exchange   for  cash  proceeds,  limited  to  the   applicable   funding  capacities.  
Upon  payment   of  the   receivables  by  customers,  rather  than  remitting  to  the   financial   institutions  the   amounts  collected,  we  
retain such collections as proceeds for the sale of new receivables until payments become due to the financial institutions.   

The   Receivables  Facility  is  subject   to  terms  and  conditions  (including  representations,  covenants  and  conditions  precedent) 
customary  for  transactions  of  this  type.    Additionally,  an  amortization  event   will   occur  if  we   fail   to  meet   certain  covenants, 
including  maintaining  a   maximum   average   total   leverage   ratio  (average   total   funded  debt/EBITDA)  of  3.25  to  1.00  and  a  
minimum fixed charge coverage ratio (EBITDAR/cash interest expense plus rental expense) of 2.25 to 1.00. 

At   December  31,  2023,  there   was  $191.7  million  outstanding  under  the   Receivables  Facility  at   a   weighted  average   effective  
interest rate of 6.2%, excluding commitment fees.  

We   also  pay  an  unused  fee   on  the   excess  of  the   facility  limit   over  the   average   daily  capital   outstanding.    The   unused  fee   is 
0.25% if utilization is less than 50% or 0.35% otherwise.  We pay this fee monthly in arrears. 

Australian Seasonal Credit Facility 

In  the   second  quarter  of  2017,  Pool   Systems  Pty.  Ltd.  (PSL)  entered  into  a   credit   facility  to  fund  expansion  and  supplement  
working capital needs.  The credit facility provides a borrowing capacity of AU$20.0 million. 

Cash Pooling Arrangement 

Certain  of  our  foreign  subsidiaries  entered  into  a   cash  pooling  arrangement   with  a   financial   institution  for  cash  management  
purposes.  This arrangement  allows the  participating subsidiaries to withdraw cash from  the  financial  institution to the  extent  
that  aggregate  cash deposits held by these  subsidiaries are  available  at  the  financial  institution.  To the  extent  the  participating 
subsidiaries  are   in  an  overdraft   position,  such  overdrafts  are   recorded  as  short-term   borrowings  under  a   committed  cash 
overdraft   facility.    These   borrowings  bear  interest   at   a   variable   rate   based  on  3-month  Euro  Interbank  Offered  Rate  
(EURIBOR), plus a fixed margin.  We also pay a commitment fee on the average outstanding balance.  This fee is paid annually 
in advance.  Our borrowing capacity is €14.0 million.  

Maturities of Long-Term Debt 

The  table  below presents maturities of long-term  debt, excluding unamortized deferred financing costs, for the  next  five  years 
(in thousands): 

2024 
2025 
2026 
2027 
2028 

$  229,903 
37,500 
787,438 
— 
— 

Our Receivables Facility matures November 1, 2024 and is included in the  table  above  according to its stated maturity date.  On 
our Consolidated Balance  Sheets, we  classify the  entire  outstanding balance  of the  Receivables Facility as Long-term  debt  as 
we intend and have the ability to refinance the obligations on a long-term basis. 

69 

 
 
 
 
Interest Rate Swaps 

Our interest  rate  swaps in effect  during the  year were  previously forward-starting and converted the  variable  interest  rate  to a  
fixed interest  rate  on a  portion of our variable  rate  borrowings.  Interest  expense  related to the  notional  amounts under our swap 
contracts was based on the  fixed rates plus the  applicable  margin on our variable  rate  borrowings.  Changes in the  estimated fair 
value of these interest rate swap contracts were recorded to Accumulated other comprehensive loss on the Consolidated Balance  
Sheets. 

We   currently  have   two  interest   rate   swap  contracts  in  place.    The   following  table   provides  additional   details  related  to  these  
swap contracts: 

Derivative 
Interest rate swap 1 
Interest rate swap 2 

Inception Date 
February 5, 2020 
March 9, 2020 

Effective Date 
February 26, 2021 
September 29, 2022 

Termination Date 
February 28, 2025 
February 26, 2027 

Notional 
Amount 
(in millions) 
$150.0 
$150.0 

Fixed 
Interest 
Rate 
1.3260% 
0.6690% 

We  have  entered into an additional  forward-starting interest  rate  swap contract  to extend the  hedged period for future  interest  
payments  on  a   portion  of  our  variable   rate   borrowings.    The   following  table   provides  details  related  to  our  forward-starting 
interest rate swap contract: 

Derivative 
Forward-starting interest rate swap 

Inception Date 
March 9, 2020 

Effective Date 

Termination Date 
February 28, 2025  February 26, 2027 

Notional 
Amount 
(in millions) 
$150.0 

Fixed 
Interest 
Rate 
0.7630% 

Two  of  our  interest   rate   swap  contracts  terminated  on  September  29,  2022.    The   following  table   provides  additional   details 
related to these former swap contracts: 

Derivative 
Former interest rate swap 1 
Former interest rate swap 2 

Inception Date 
May 7, 2019 
July 25, 2019 

Effective Date 

Termination Date 
November 20, 2020  September 29, 2022 
November 20, 2020  September 29, 2022 

Notional 
Amount 
(in millions) 
$75.0 
$75.0 

Fixed 
Interest 
Rate 
2.0925% 
1.5500% 

The  net  difference  between interest  paid and interest  received related to our swap agreements resulted in an interest  benefit  of 
$12.2 million in 2023 and $0.8 million in 2022 and expense of $4.3 million in 2021. 

Failure  of our swap counterparties would result  in the  loss of any potential  benefit  to us under our swap agreements.  In this 
case, we  would still  be  obligated to pay the  variable  interest  payments underlying our debt  agreements.  Additionally, failure  of 
our swap counterparties would not  eliminate  our obligation to continue  to make  payments under our existing swap agreements 
if we continue to be in a net pay position. 

Financial and Other Covenants 

The   Credit   Facility  and  Term   Facility  limit   the   declaration  and  payment   of  dividends  on  our  common  stock  to  a   manner 
consistent  with past  practice, provided no default  or event  of default  has occurred and is continuing, or would result  from  the  
payment  of dividends.  We  may declare  and pay quarterly dividends so long as (i) the  amount  per share  of such dividends is not  
greater than the  most  recently publicly announced dividends per share  and (ii) our Average  Total  Leverage  Ratio is less than 
3.25 to 1.00 both immediately before  and after giving pro forma  effect  to such dividends. Under the  Credit  Facility and Term  
Facility, we  may repurchase  shares of our common stock provided no default  or event  of default  has occurred and is continuing, 
or would result  from  the  repurchase  of shares, and our maximum  average  total  leverage  ratio (determined on a  pro forma  basis) 
is less than 3.25 to 1.00.  

Other covenants include  restrictions on our ability to grant  liens, incur indebtedness, make  investments, merge  or consolidate, 
and sell  or transfer assets.  Failure  to comply with any of our financial  covenants or any other terms of the  Credit  Facility and 
the  Term  Facility could result  in higher interest  rates on our borrowings or the  acceleration of the  maturities of our outstanding 
debt. 

70 

As  of  December  31,  2023,  we   were   in  compliance   with  all   covenants  and  financial   ratio  requirements  related  to  the  
Credit Facility, the Term Facility and the Receivables Facility. 

Deferred Financing Costs 

We  capitalize  financing costs we  incur related to implementing and amending our debt  arrangements.  We  record these  costs as 
a   reduction  of  Long-term   debt,  net   on  our  Consolidated  Balance   Sheets  and  amortize   them   over  the   contractual   life   of  the  
related  debt   arrangements.    The   table   below  summarizes  changes  in  deferred  financing  costs  for  the   past   two  years  (in 
thousands): 

December 31, 

2023 

2022 

Deferred financing costs: 
Balance at beginning of year 
Financing costs deferred 

Balance at end of year 

Less: Accumulated amortization 

$ 

4,212 

$ 

52 

4,264 

(2,744) 

Deferred financing costs, net of accumulated amortization 

$ 

1,520 

$ 

4,042 

170 

4,212 

(2,012) 

2,200 

Note 6 - Share-Based Compensation 

Share-Based Plans 

Current Plan 

In  May  2007,  our  shareholders  approved  the   2007  Long-Term   Incentive   Plan  (the   2007  LTIP),  which  authorizes  the  
Compensation  Committee   of  our  Board  of  Directors  (the   Board)  to  grant   non-qualified  stock  options  and  restricted  stock 
awards  to  employees,  directors,  consultants  or  advisors.    In  May  2016,  our  shareholders  approved  an  amendment   and 
restatement  of the  2007 Long-Term  Incentive  Plan (the  Amended 2007 LTIP) and increased the  number of shares that  may be  
issued to a total of 9,315,000 shares.  As of December 31, 2023, we had 3,947,708 shares available for future issuance including 
853,337 shares that may be issued as restricted stock. 

Stock options granted under the  Amended 2007 LTIP have  an exercise  price  equal  to our stock’s closing market  price  on the  
grant  date  and expire  ten years from  the  grant  date.  Restricted stock awards granted under the  Amended 2007 LTIP are  issued 
at  no cost  to the  grantee.  Both stock options and restricted stock awards vest  over time  depending on an employee’s length of 
service  with the  company.  Share-based awards to our employees generally vest  either five  years from  the  grant  date  or on a  
three/five  year split  vest  schedule, where  half of the  awards vest  three  years from  the  grant  date  and the  remainder of the  awards 
vest five years from the grant date.  Share-based awards to our non-employee directors vest one year from the grant date. 

Restricted  stock  awards  to  our  employees  contain  performance-based  criteria   in  addition  to  the   service-based  vesting  criteria  
described above.  The  awards provide  for a  three-year performance  period for the  metric  to be  achieved.  If the  performance  
metric  fails to be  met, it  may be  extended by one  or two years;  however, if it  is not  met  by the  end of the  extended performance  
period,  then  all   shares  of  performance-based  restricted  stock  will   be   immediately  forfeited  and  canceled.    For  each  of  the  
performance-based  grants  from   2016  through  2021,  we   achieved  the   performance   condition  in  the   initial   three-year 
performance  period.  For the  performance-based grants in 2022 and 2023, we  have  concluded that  the  performance  condition is 
probable to be attained in the initial three-year performance period. 

71 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stock Option Awards 

The following table summarizes stock option activity under our share-based plans for the year ended December 31, 2023: 

Balance at December 31, 2022 

Granted 
Less:  Exercised 
           Forfeited 

Balance at December 31, 2023 

Shares 

642,925 
33,408 
90,439 
15,172 
570,722 

Exercisable at December 31, 2023 

371,551 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise  
Price 

Weighted Average 
Remaining 
Contractual Term 
(Years) 

Aggregate 
Intrinsic  
Value 

$ 

$ 

$ 

154.57 
357.52 
92.52 
293.44 
173.13 

102.10 

4.22 

2.48 

$ 129,309,839 

$ 110,210,899 

The following table presents information about stock options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2023: 

Range of Exercise 
Prices 
$58.26 to $80.78 
$80.79 to $220.01 
$220.02 to $515.41 

Outstanding 
Stock Options 
Weighted Average 
Remaining 
Contractual Term 
(Years) 
1.26 
4.53 
8.26 
4.22 

Exercisable 
Stock Options 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

Shares 

214,410 

$ 

70.78 

155,415 

1,726 

142.35 

370.02 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

$ 

70.78 

155.78 

357.05 

$  173.13 

371,551 

$ 

102.10 

Shares 

214,410 

216,574 

139,738 

570,722 

The following table summarizes the cash proceeds and tax benefits realized from the exercise of stock options: 

(in thousands, except share amounts) 
Options exercised 
Cash proceeds 
Intrinsic value of options exercised 
Tax benefits realized 

Year Ended December 31, 
2022 

2023 

90,439 
8,368 
23,356 
5,839 

$ 
$ 
$ 

71,737 
6,247 
21,976 
5,494 

$ 
$ 
$ 

2021 
274,253 
$ 
14,435 
$  118,305 
29,576 
$ 

We estimated the fair value of employee stock option awards at the grant date based on the assumptions summarized in the  
following table: 

(Weighted average) 
Expected volatility 
Expected term 
Risk-free interest rate 
Expected dividend yield 
Grant date fair value 

2023 
31.0 % 

Year Ended December 31, 
2022 
28.9 % 

2021 
27.0 % 

7.4  years 

7.1  years 

6.9  years 

4.01 % 
1.15 % 
$  130.74 

2.92 % 
1.15 % 
$  116.56 

1.00 % 
1.15 % 
83.05 

$ 

We   calculated  expected  volatility  over  the   expected  term   of  the   awards  based  on  the   historical   volatility  of  our  common 
stock.    We   use   weekly  price   observations  for  our  historical   volatility  calculation  because   we   believe   this  provides  the   most  
appropriate  measurement  of volatility given the  trading patterns of our common stock.  We  estimated the  expected term  based 
on the  vesting period of the  awards and our historical  exercise  activity for awards with similar characteristics.  The  risk-free  
interest  rate  is based on the  U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with a  remaining term  approximating the  expected term  of the  
option.  We determined the expected dividend yield based on the dividends we anticipate paying over the expected term. 

72 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For purposes of recognizing share-based compensation expense, we  ratably expense  the  estimated fair value  of employee  stock 
options over the  options’ requisite  service  period.  The  requisite  service  period for our share-based awards is either the  vesting 
period, or if shorter, the  period from  the  grant  date  to the  date  the  employee  becomes eligible  to retire  under our share-based 
award  agreements.    We   recognize   compensation  cost   for  awards  with  graded  vesting  using  the   graded  vesting  recognition 
method.  We  estimate  a  forfeiture  rate  to calculate  our share-based compensation expense  for our share-based awards based on 
an analysis of actual  forfeitures.  We  continue  to evaluate  the  appropriateness of the  forfeiture  rate  based on actual  forfeiture  
experience, analysis of employee turnover and other factors. 

The following table presents the total share-based compensation expense for stock option awards for the past three years (in 
thousands): 

Option grants share-based compensation expense 
Option grants share-based compensation tax benefits 

$ 

$ 

4,618 
1,154 

$ 

3,413 
853 

2,846 
712 

2023 

2022 

2021 

At   December  31,  2023, 
million.  We anticipate recognizing this expense over a weighted average period of 2.8 years. 

the   unamortized  compensation  expense   related 

to  stock  option  awards 

totaled  $8.1 

Restricted Stock Awards 

The table below presents restricted stock award activity under our share-based plans for the year ended December 31, 2023: 

Balance unvested at December 31, 2022 

Granted (at market price) (1) 
Less:  Vested 

Forfeited 

Balance unvested at December 31, 2023 

Weighted 
Average
Grant Date 
Fair Value 
256.97 
$ 

357.96 
172.24 
326.45 
306.79 

$ 

Shares 

212,717 

55,196 
58,705 
5,571 
203,637 

(1)  The majority of these shares contain performance-based vesting conditions. 

At   December  31,  2023, 
$23.0 million.  We anticipate recognizing this expense over a weighted average period of 2.4 years. 

the   unamortized  compensation  expense   related 

to 

the   restricted  stock  awards 

totaled 

The   table   below  presents  the   total   number  of  restricted  stock  awards  that   vested  for  the   past   three   years  and  the   related  fair 
value of those awards (in thousands, except share amounts): 

Restricted stock awards - shares vested 
Fair value of restricted stock awards vested 

2023 

58,705 
20,906 

$ 

2022 

78,931 
37,258 

$ 

2021 

69,069 
24,005 

$ 

The   following  table   presents  the   total   share-based  compensation  expense   for  restricted  stock  awards  for  the   past   three   years 
(in thousands): 

Restricted stock awards share-based compensation expense 

$ 

14,487 

$ 

11,024 

$ 

11,543 

2023 

2022 

2021 

Employee Stock Purchase Plan 

We  maintain the  Pool  Corporation Amended and Restated Employee  Stock Purchase  Plan (the  ESPP), which was last  approved 
by  the   Board  and  our  stockholders  in  2016.    Under  the   ESPP,  employees  who  meet   minimum   age   and  length  of  service  
requirements may purchase stock at 85% of the lower of: 

a. 
b. 

the closing price of our common stock at the end of a six month plan period ending either July 31 or January 31; or 
the average of the beginning and ending closing prices of our common stock for such six month period. 

73 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
No more  than 956,250 shares of our common stock may be  issued under the  ESPP.  For the  two six month offering periods in 
each of the last three years, our employees purchased the following aggregate number of shares: 
2023 

2021 

2022 

7,640 

7,658 

8,649 

The  grant  date  fair value  for the  most  recent  ESPP purchase  period ended July 31, 2023 was  $57.71 per share.  Share-based 
compensation expense related to our ESPP was $0.5 million in 2023, $0.5 million in 2022 and $0.8 million in 2021. 

Note 7 - Income Taxes 

Income before income taxes and equity in earnings is attributable to the following jurisdictions (in thousands): 

United States 
Foreign 
Total 

Year Ended December 31, 
2022 
$  919,461 
65,411 
$  984,872 

2021 
$  752,957 
71,188 
$  824,145 

2023 
$  662,138 
25,998 
$  688,136 

The provision for income taxes consisted of the following (in thousands): 

Year Ended December 31, 
2022 

2021 

2023 

Current: 

Federal 
State and other 

Total current provision for income taxes 

$  120,122 
34,603 
154,725 

$  164,135 
57,459 
221,594 

$  124,379 
44,783 
169,162 

Deferred: 
Federal 
State and other 

Total deferred provision for income taxes 
Provision for income taxes 

9,929 
430 
10,359 
$  165,084 

13,592 
1,577 
15,169 
$  236,763 

2,970 
1,680 
4,650 
$  173,812 

A  reconciliation  of  the   U.S.  federal   statutory  tax  rate   to  our  effective   tax  rate   on  Income   before   income   taxes  and  equity  in 
earnings is as follows: 

Federal statutory rate 
Change in valuation allowance 
Stock-based compensation 
Other, primarily state income tax rate 
Total effective tax rate 

Year Ended December 31, 
2022 
21.00 % 
(0.02) 
(1.09) 
4.15 
24.04 % 

2023 
21.00 % 
0.05 
(0.97) 
3.91 
23.99 % 

2021 
21.00 % 
(0.11) 
(3.67) 
3.87 
21.09 % 

We  reduce  federal  and state  income  taxes payable  by the  tax benefits associated with the  exercise  of deductible  nonqualified 
stock options and the  lapse  of restrictions on deductible  restricted stock awards.  To the  extent  realized tax deductions exceed 
the  amount  of previously recognized deferred tax benefits related to share-based compensation, we  record an excess tax benefit.  
We  record all  excess tax benefits or deficiencies as income  tax benefit  or expense  in the  income  statement.  We  recorded excess 
tax benefits of $6.7 million to our income tax provision in 2023, $10.8 million in 2022 and $30.0 million in 2021.  

74 

 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The table below presents the components of our deferred tax assets and liabilities (in thousands): 

Deferred tax assets: 

Product inventories 
Accrued expenses 
Leases 
Share-based compensation 
Uncertain tax positions 
Net operating losses 
Other 

Total non-current 

Less: Valuation allowance 
Component reclassified for net presentation 

Total non-current, net 

Total deferred tax assets 

Deferred tax liabilities: 

December 31, 

2023 

2022 

$ 

11,764 

$ 

10,932 

4,724 

73,874 

9,977 

3,753 

1,447 

4,716 

110,255 

(1,133) 

2,028 

65,852 

8,636 

3,253 

987 

4,139 

95,827 

(815) 

(107,733) 

(94,034) 

1,389 

1,389 

978 

978 

Trade discounts on purchases 
Prepaid expenses 
Leases 
Intangible assets, primarily goodwill 
Depreciation 
Interest rate swaps 

Total non-current 

Component reclassified for net presentation 

Total non-current, net 

2,112 

6,610 

73,092 

60,902 

26,000 

6,438 

175,154 

(107,733) 

67,421 

3,995 

4,903 

64,549 

48,836 

21,998 

8,512 

152,793 

(94,034) 

58,759 

Total deferred tax liabilities 

67,421 

58,759 

Net deferred tax liability 

$ 

66,032 

$ 

57,781 

At  December 31, 2023, certain of our international  subsidiaries had tax loss carryforwards totaling approximately $5.0 million, 
which  expire   in  various  years  after  2024.    Deferred  tax  assets  related  to  the   tax  loss  carryforwards  of  these   international  
subsidiaries  were   $1.4  million  as  of  December  31,  2023  and  $1.0  million  as  of  December  31,  2022.    We   have   recorded  a  
corresponding valuation allowance of $1.0 million and $0.7 million in the respective years. 

As  of  December  31,  2023,  United  States  income   taxes  were   not   provided  on  earnings  or  cash  balances  of  our  foreign 
subsidiaries,  outside   of  the   provisions  of  the   transition  tax  from   U.S.  tax  reform   enacted  in  December  2017.    As  we   have  
historically invested or expect  to invest  the  undistributed earnings indefinitely to fund current  cash flow needs in the  countries 
where  held, additional  income  tax provisions may be  required.  Determining the  amount  of unrecognized deferred tax liability 
on these  undistributed earnings and cash balances is not  practicable  due  to the  complexity of tax laws and regulations and the  
varying circumstances, tax treatments and timing of any future repatriation. 

75 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table summarizes the activity related to uncertain tax positions for the past three years (in thousands): 

Balance at beginning of year 

Increases for tax positions taken during a prior period 
Increases for tax positions taken during the current period 
Decreases resulting from the expiration of the statute of limitations 
Decreases relating to settlements 

Balance at end of year 

2023 
$  15,489 
— 
4,457 
2,075 
— 
$  17,871 

2022 
$  13,297 
275 
5,264 
3,347 
— 
$  15,489 

2021 
$  15,553 
— 
3,518 
3,185 
2,589 
$  13,297 

The  total  amount  of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would decrease  the  effective  tax rate  was $14.1 million at  
December 31, 2023 and $12.2 million at December 31, 2022. 

We   record  interest   expense   related  to  unrecognized  tax  benefits  in  Interest   and  other  non-operating  expenses,  net,  while   we  
record related penalties in Selling and administrative  expenses on our Consolidated Statements of Income.  For unrecognized 
tax benefits, we  had interest  expense  of $0.4 million in 2023 and interest  income  of $0.1 million in 2022 and $0.6 million in 
2021.  Accrued interest  related to unrecognized tax benefits was approximately $1.9 million at  December 31, 2023 and $1.6 
million at December 31, 2022. 

We  file  income  tax returns in the  U.S. federal  jurisdiction and various state  and foreign jurisdictions.  With few exceptions, we  
are  no longer subject  to U.S. federal, state  and local, or non-U.S. income  tax examinations by tax authorities for years before  
2020. 

76 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 8 - Earnings Per Share 

We  calculate  basic  and diluted earnings per share  using the  two-class method.  Earnings per share  under the  two-class method is 
calculated  using  net   income   attributable   to  common  stockholders,  which  is  net   income   reduced  by  the   earnings  allocated  to 
participating securities.  Our participating securities include  share-based payment  awards that  contain a  non-forfeitable  right  to 
receive   dividends  and  are   considered  to  participate   in  undistributed  earnings  with  common  shareholders.    Participating 
securities excluded from  weighted average  common shares outstanding were  207,000 for the  year ended December 31, 2023, 
221,000 for the year ended December 31, 2022 and 268,000 for the year ended December 31, 2021. 

The   table   below  presents  the   computation  of  earnings  per  share,  including  the   reconciliation  of  basic   and  diluted  weighted 
average shares outstanding (in thousands, except per share data): 

Net income 
   Amounts allocated to participating securities 
Net income attributable to common stockholders 

Weighted average common shares outstanding: 

Basic 
Effect of dilutive securities: 

Year Ended December 31, 
2022 
$  748,462 

2021 
$  650,624 

2023 
$  523,229 

(2,771) 

(4,151) 

(4,321) 

$  520,458 

$  744,311 

$  646,303 

38,704 

39,409 

39,876 

Stock options and employee stock purchase plan 

Diluted 

293 

38,997 

397 

39,806 

604 

40,480 

Earnings per share attributable to common stockholders: 
Basic 
Diluted 

$ 

$ 

13.45 

13.35 

$ 

$ 

18.89 

18.70 

$ 

$ 

16.21 

15.97 

Anti-dilutive stock options excluded from diluted earnings per share
computations (1) 

64 

34 

1 

(1)  Since these options have exercise prices that are higher than the average market prices of our common stock, including 

them in the calculation would have an anti-dilutive effect on earnings per share. 

Note 9 - Commitments and Contingencies 

Commitments 

We  lease  facilities for our corporate  and administrative  offices, sales centers and centralized shipping locations under operating 
leases that  expire  in various years through 2036.  Most  of our leases contain five-year terms with renewal  options that  allow us 
to  extend  the   lease   term   beyond  the   initial   period,  subject   to  terms  agreed  upon  at   lease   inception.    Based  on  our  leasing 
practices and contract  negotiations, we  determined that  we  are  not  reasonably certain to exercise  the  renewal  options and, as 
such, we  have  not  included optional  renewal  periods in our measurement  of operating lease  assets, liabilities and expected lease  
terms.  We exclude short-term leases from our Consolidated Balance Sheets and combine lease and non-lease components.  

For leases with step rent  provisions whereby the  rental  payments increase  incrementally over the  life  of the  lease, we  recognize  
expense  on a  straight-line  basis determined by the  total  lease  payments over the  lease  term.  To the  extent  we  determine  that  
future   obligations  related  to  real   estate   taxes,  insurance   and  other  lease   components  are   variable,  we   exclude   them   from   the  
measurement of our operating lease assets and liabilities.  

Some  of our real  estate  agreements include  rental  payments adjusted periodically for inflation.  Our lease  agreements do not  
contain any material residual value guarantees or material restrictive covenants.  

77 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The   table   below  presents  rent   expense   associated  with  facility  and  vehicle   operating  leases  for  the   past   three   years  (in 
thousands): 

Lease Cost 

Operating lease cost (1) 

Variable lease cost 

Classification 
Selling and administrative 
expenses 
Selling and administrative 
expenses 

(1) 

Includes short-term lease cost, which is not material. 

2023 

2022 
$  92,939  $  81,750  $  71,255 

2021 

$  24,535  $  22,326  $  18,755 

Based on our lease  portfolio as of December 31, 2023, the  table  below sets forth the  approximate  future  lease  payments related 
to operating leases with initial terms of one year or more (in thousands): 

2024 
2025 
2026 
2027 
2028 
Thereafter 
Total lease payments 
Less: interest 
Present value of lease liabilities 

$ 

89,568 
80,068 
67,182 
50,500 
28,020 
33,092 
348,430 
37,266 
$  311,164 

To  calculate   the   present   value   of  our  lease   liabilities,  we   determined  our  incremental   borrowing  rate   based  on  the   effective  
interest  rate  on our Credit  Facility adjusted for a  collateral  feature  similar to that  of our leased properties, as we  are  unable  to 
derive implicit rates from our existing leases.  

The  table  below presents the  weighted-average  remaining lease  term  (years) of our operating leases and the  weighted-average  
discount rate used in the above calculation: 

Lease Term and Discount Rate for Operating Leases 
Weighted-average remaining lease term (years) 
Weighted-average discount rate 

2023 

4.81 
4.04 % 

December 31, 
2022 

5.08 
3.05 % 

2021 

5.27 
2.57 % 

The  table  below presents the  amount  of cash paid for amounts included in the  measurement  of lease  liabilities and lease  assets 
obtained in exchange for lease obligations (in thousands): 

Operating cash flows for lease liabilities 
Operating lease assets obtained in exchange for 
operating lease obligations 

$ 

$ 

Year Ended 
December 31, 
2022 

2021 

2023 

84,703  $ 

75,281  $ 

67,197 

107,869  $ 

91,622  $ 

94,493 

78 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contingencies 

From  time  to time, we  are  subject  to various claims and litigation arising in the  ordinary course  of business, including product  
liability,  personal   injury,  commercial,  contract   and  employment   matters.    Each  quarter,  we   evaluate   developments  related  to 
claims and litigation and record a  liability if we  deem  a  loss to be  probable  and estimable.  When evaluating these  matters for 
accrual  and disclosure, we  consider factors such as historical  experience, specific  facts and claims asserted, the  likelihood we  
will   prevail   and  the   magnitude   of  any  potential   loss.    The   outcome   of  any  litigation  is  inherently  unpredictable.    Based  on 
currently available  facts, we  do not  believe  that  the  ultimate  resolution of any of these  claims and litigation matters will  have  a  
material  adverse  impact  on our financial  condition, results of operations or cash flows.  We  do not  believe  our exposure  for any 
of these matters is material for disclosure, either individually or in the aggregate. 

Note 10 - Related Party Transactions 

We  lease  corporate  and administrative  offices from  NCC, an entity we  have  held a  50% ownership interest  in since  2005.  NCC  
owns  and  operates  an  office   building  in  Covington,  Louisiana.    We   lease   corporate   and  administrative   offices  from   NCC, 
occupying approximately 60,000 square  feet  of office  space, and we  pay rent  of $0.1 million per month.  Our lease  term  ends 
May 2025.  

The table below presents rent expense associated with this lease for the past three years (in thousands): 

2023 

2022 

2021 

NCC 

$ 

1,222 

$ 

1,222 

$ 

1,222 

Note 11 - Employee Benefit Plans 

We  offer a  401(k) savings and retirement  plan, which is a  defined contribution plan that  provides benefits for substantially all  
employees  who  meet   length  of  service   requirements.    Eligible   employees  are   able   to  contribute   up  to  75%  of  their 
compensation, subject  to the  federal  dollar limit.  For plan participants, we  provide  a  matching contribution.  We  contribute  a  
total   maximum   match  on  employee   contributions  of  up  to  4%  of  their  compensation,  with  a   100%  match  on  the   first   3%  of 
compensation deferred and a  50% match on deferrals between 3% and 5% of compensation.  We  also offer retirement  plans for 
certain  of  our  international   entities.    The   plan  funding  is  calculated  as  a   percentage   of  the   employee’s  earnings  and  in 
compliance with local laws and practices.  The related expense is not material and is included in the table below. 

We  have  a  nonqualified deferred compensation plan that  allows certain employees who occupy key management  positions to 
defer salary and bonus amounts.  This plan also provides a  matching contribution similar to that  provided under our 401(k) plan 
to the  extent  that  a  participant’s contributions to the  401(k) plan are  limited by IRS deferral  and compensation limitations.  The  
total  combined company matching contribution provided to a  participant  under the  401(k) plan and the  nonqualified deferred 
compensation  plan  for  any  one   year  may  not   exceed  4%  of  a   participant’s  salary  and  bonus.    The   employee   and  company 
matching contributions are invested in certain equity and fixed income securities based on individual employee elections. 

The table below sets forth our contributions for the past three years (in thousands): 

Defined contribution and international retirement plans  $ 
Deferred compensation plan 

2023 

2022 

2021 

10,973 

$ 

10,230 

$ 

9,308 

218 

283 

239 

79 

 
 
 
 
 
Note 12 - Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited) 

The  table  below summarizes the  unaudited quarterly results of operations for the  past  two years (in thousands, except  per share  
data): 

2023 

2022 

Quarter 

First 

Second 

Third 

Fourth 

First 

Second 

Third 

Fourth 

$ 1,206,774  $ 1,857,363  $ 1,474,407  $ 1,003,050  $ 1,412,650  $ 2,055,818  $ 1,615,339  $ 1,095,920 

369,755 

101,699 

567,783 

  428,731 

293,775 

232,250 

  137,843 

51,437 

447,189 

179,261 

666,804 

307,283 

503,687 

190,055 

315,731 

71,863 

$ 

$ 

2.60  $ 

2.58  $ 

5.95  $ 

5.91  $ 

3.54  $ 

3.51  $ 

1.33  $ 

1.32  $ 

4.46  $ 

4.41  $ 

7.71  $ 

7.63  $ 

4.82  $ 

4.78  $ 

1.84 

1.82 

Net sales 
Gross profit 
Net income 
Earnings per share: 

Basic 
Diluted 

The  sum  of basic  and diluted earnings per share  for each of the  quarters may not  equal  the  total  basic  and diluted earnings per 
share  for the  annual  periods because  of rounding differences and a  difference  in the  way that  in-the-money stock options are  
considered from quarter to quarter. 

80 

  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 

Not applicable. 

Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures 

The  term  “disclosure  controls and procedures”  is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the  Securities Exchange  Act  of 
1934 (the  Act).  The  rules refer to the  controls and other procedures designed to ensure  that  information required to be  disclosed 
in  reports  that   we   file   or  submit   under  the   Act   is  (1)  recorded,  processed,  summarized  and  reported  within  the   time   periods 
specified  in  the   Commission’s  rules  and  forms  and  (2)  accumulated  and  communicated  to  our  management,  including  our 
principal   executive   officer  and  principal   financial   officer,  as  appropriate   to  allow  timely  decisions  regarding  required 
disclosure.  As of December 31, 2023, management, including the  CEO and CFO, performed an evaluation of the  effectiveness 
of our disclosure  controls and procedures.  Based on that  evaluation, management, including the  CEO and CFO, concluded that  
as of December 31, 2023, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective. 

We  maintain a  system  of internal  control  over financial  reporting that  is designed to provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding the  
reliability  of  financial   reporting  and  the   preparation  of  financial   statements  for  external   purposes  in  accordance   with  U.S. 
generally  accepted  accounting  principles.    Based  on  the   most   recent   evaluation,  we   have   concluded  that   no  change   in  our 
internal   control   over  financial   reporting  occurred  during  the   last   fiscal   quarter  that   has  materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably 
likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. 

81 

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

Pool  Corporation’s  management  is  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting, as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.  Our internal 
control system was designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation 
of  published  financial  statements.  All  internal  control  systems,  no  matter  how  well  designed,  have  inherent  limitations. 
Therefore,  even  those  systems  determined  to  be  effective  can  provide  only  reasonable  assurance  with  respect  to  financial 
statement preparation and presentation. Any evaluation or projection of effectiveness to future periods is also subject to risk that 
controls may become inadequate due to changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures 
may deteriorate. 

Pool Corporation’s management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 
2023.  In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the 
Treadway Commission (COSO) in the Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013 Framework). Based on this assessment, 
management  has  concluded  that,  as  of  December  31,  2023,  Pool  Corporation’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  was 
effective. 

The independent registered public accounting firm that audited the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this 
Form 10-K has issued a report on Pool Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting. This report appears below. 

82 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Pool Corporation 

Opinion on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

We  have  audited  Pool  Corporation’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2023,  based  on  criteria 
established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway 
Commission  (2013  framework)  (the  COSO  criteria).  In  our  opinion,  Pool  Corporation  (the  Company)  maintained,  in  all 
material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023, based on the COSO criteria. 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) 
(PCAOB),  the  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  the  Company  as  of  December  31,  2023  and  2022,  the  related  consolidated 
statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the 
period  ended  December  31,  2023,  and  the  related  notes  and  our  report  dated  February  27,  2024  expressed  an  unqualified 
opinion thereon. 

Basis for Opinion 

The  Company’s  management  is  responsible  for  maintaining  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  and  for  its 
assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report 
on  Internal  Control  Over  Financial  Reporting.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  the  Company’s  internal  control 
over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be 
independent  with  respect  to  the  Company  in  accordance  with  the  U.S.  federal  securities  laws  and  the  applicable  rules  and 
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the 
audit  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  was  maintained  in  all 
material respects.  

Our  audit  included  obtaining  an  understanding  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  assessing  the  risk  that  a  material 
weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and 
performing  such  other  procedures  as  we  considered  necessary  in  the  circumstances.  We  believe  that  our  audit  provides  a 
reasonable basis for our opinion. 

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  a  process  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the 
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally 
accepted  accounting  principles.  A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  includes  those  policies  and  procedures 
that  (1)  pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and 
dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit 
preparation  of  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  and  that  receipts  and 
expenditures  of  the  company  are  being  made  only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the 
company;  and  (3)  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  prevention  or  timely  detection  of  unauthorized  acquisition,  use,  or 
disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect  misstatements.  Also, 
projections  of  any  evaluation  of  effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that  controls  may  become  inadequate 
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 /s/ Ernst & Young LLP 

New Orleans, Louisiana 
February 27, 2024 

83 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 9B.  Other Information 

During the quarter ended December 31, 2023, none of our directors or officers (as defined in Rule 16a-1(f) under the Exchange 
Act) adopted or terminated any Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement or non-Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement (as such terms are 
defined in Item 408(a) of Regulation SK). 

Item 9C.  Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections 

Not applicable. 

Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 

PART III. 

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to Pool Corporation’s 2024 Proxy Statement to be filed with 
the SEC. 

We have a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (the Code) that applies to all of our employees, officers and directors, and is 
available  on  our  website  at  www.poolcorp.com.  Any  substantive  amendments  to  the  Code,  or  any  waivers  granted  to  any 
directors  or  executive  officers,  including  our  principal  executive  officer,  principal  financial  officer  or  principal  accounting 
officer and controller, will be disclosed on our website and remain there for at least 12 months. 

Item 11.  Executive Compensation 

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to Pool Corporation’s 2024 Proxy Statement to be filed with 
the SEC. 

Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters 

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to Pool Corporation’s 2024 Proxy Statement to be filed with 
the SEC. 

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to Pool Corporation’s 2024 Proxy Statement to be filed with 
the SEC. 

Item 14.  Principal Accountant Fees and Services 

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to Pool Corporation’s 2024 Proxy Statement to be filed with 
the SEC. 

84 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART IV. 

Item 15.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules 

(a)  The following documents are filed as part of this report: 

(1)  Consolidated Financial Statements: 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 
Consolidated Statements of Income 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income 
Consolidated Balance Sheets 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

(2)  Financial Statement Schedules. 

Page 
48 
50 
51 
52 
53 
54 
55 

All schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or are not required 
or because the required information is provided in our Consolidated Financial
Statements or accompanying Notes included in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

(3)  The exhibits listed in the Index to Exhibits. 

Item 16.  Form 10-K Summary 

None. 

85 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INDEX TO EXHIBITS 

Incorporated by Reference 

Description 

Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company. 
Amended and Restated By-laws of the Company. 
Form of certificate representing shares of common 
stock of the Company. 
Description of the Securities of Pool Corporation 
Registered Under Section 12 of the Securities and 
Exchange Act of 1934. 

*  Pool Corporation Amended and Restated Employee

Stock Purchase Plan.

*  Pool Corporation Amended and Restated 2007 Long-

Term Incentive Plan. 

*  Form of Stock Option Agreement for Employees under 
the Amended and Restated 2007 Long-Term Incentive
Plan.

*  Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock 

Agreement under the Pool Corporation Amended and 
Restated 2007 Long-Term Incentive Plan. 

*  Form of Stock Option Agreement for Directors under 
the Amended and Restated 2007 Long-Term Incentive 
Plan. 

*  Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for Directors 
under the Amended and Restated 2007 Long-Term
Incentive Plan.

Filed/
Furnished 
with this 
Form 10-K 

X 

Form 

File No. 

Date Filed 

10-Q 
8-K 
8-K 

000-26640  08/09/2006 
000-26640  10/25/2023 
000-26640  05/19/2006 

10-K 

000-26640  02/27/2024 

8-K 

000-26640  05/06/2016 

8-K 

000-26640  05/06/2016 

10-K 

000-26640  02/25/2022 

10-K 

000-26640  02/25/2022 

8-K 

000-26640  05/06/2009 

8-K 

000-26640  05/06/2009 

*  Form of Employment Agreement for Executive

Officers.

X 

10-K 

000-26640  02/27/2024 

*  Employment Agreement, dated December 20, 2016, 
between SCP Distributors, LLC and Peter D. Arvan. 
*  Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan Basic Plan 

Document, dated March 1, 2005. 

*  Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan Adoption 
Agreement by and among SCP Distributors, L.L.C., 
Superior Pool Products, L.L.C. and Cypress, Inc., dated 
March 1, 2005. 
Trust Agreement by and among SCP Distributors, 
L.L.C., Superior Pool Products, L.L.C. and Cypress, 
Inc. and T. Rowe Price Trust Company, dated March 1, 
2005. 

*  Pool Corporation Executive Officer Annual Incentive

Plan.

*  Pool Corporation Strategic Plan Incentive Program. 
Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement 
dated as of September 27, 2021, by and among Pool  
Corporation, as U.S. Borrower, SCP Distributors  
Canada Inc., as Canadian Borrower, SCP International,  
Inc., as Euro Borrower, Wells Fargo Bank, National  
Association, as Administrative Agent, and certain other  
lenders party thereto. 
as amended by First Amendment to Second Amended 
and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of December 
30, 2021. 

10-K 

000-26640  02/24/2017 

10-Q 

000-26640  04/29/2005 

10-Q 

000-26640  04/29/2005 

10-Q 

000-26640  04/29/2005 

10-K 

000-26640  02/27/2019 

10-K 
8-K 

000-26640  02/25/2022 
9/29/2021 
000-26640 

10-K 

000-26640  02/25/2022 

No. 

3.1 
3.2 
4.1 

4.2 

10.1 

10.2 

10.3 

10.4 

10.5 

10.6 

10.7 

10.8 

10.9 

10.10 

10.11 

10.12 

10.13 
10.14 

10.15 

 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
No. 

10.16 

10.17 

10.18 

10.19 

10.20 

10.21 

10.22 

10.23 

10.24 

10.25 

10.26 

10.27 

10.28 

10.29 

10.30 

10.31 

10.32 

10.33 

19.1 
21.1 
23.1 

Description 

as amended by Second Amendment to Second 
Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of 
June 30, 2023. 
Receivables Sale and Contribution Agreement, dated 
as of October 11, 2013, between SCP Distributors 
LLC, Horizon Distributors, Inc., Superior Pool 
Products LLC and Poolfx Supply LLC, as Originators 
and Superior Commerce LLC, as Buyer. 
Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of October 
11, 2013, among Superior Commerce LLC as Seller, 
SCP Distributors LLC, as the Servicer, the Purchasers 
from time to time thereto, The Bank of 
Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd., New York Branch, as the  
Victory Group Co-Agent and Wells Fargo Bank, 
National Association, as the Wells Group Co-Agent 
and as Administrative Agent. 
as amended by Second Amendment to the Receivables 
Purchase Agreement dated as of June 25, 2014. 
as amended by Third Amendment to the Receivables 
Purchase Agreement dated as of October 24, 2014. 
as amended by Fourth Amendment to the Receivables 
Purchase Agreement dated as of October 1, 2015. 
as amended by Fifth Amendment to the Receivables 
Purchase Agreement dated as of October 15, 2015. 
as amended by Sixth Amendment to the Receivables 
Purchase Agreement dated as of October 28, 2016. 
as amended by Seventh Amendment to the Receivables 
Purchase Agreement dated as of August 31, 2017. 
as amended by Eighth Amendment to the Receivables 
Purchase Agreement dated as of November 28, 2017. 
as amended by Ninth Amendment to the Receivables 
Purchase Agreement dated as of October 31. 2018. 
as amended by Tenth Amendment to the Receivables 
Purchase Agreement dated as of November 1, 2019. 
Omnibus Amendment No. 1, dated November 1, 2021, 
among Superior Commerce LLC, as Seller, SCP 
Distributors LLC, as the Servicer, Pool Corporation as 
the Performance Guarantor, the Purchasers from time  
to time party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National 
Association, as Administrative Agent. 
as amended by Twelfth Amendment to the Receivables 
Purchase Agreement dated as of November 1, 2022. 
Performance Undertaking, dated as of October 11, 
2013, by and between Pool Corporation and Superior 
Commerce LLC. 
Credit Agreement, dated as of December 30, 2019, 
among Pool Corporation as the Borrower, Certain 
Subsidiaries of the Borrower Party Hereto, as the
Guarantors, and Bank of America, N.A., as the Lender.
as amended by First Amendment to Credit Agreement
dated October 12, 2021.
as amended by Second Amendment to Credit
Agreement dated June 30, 2023.
Pool Corporation Insider Trading Policy. 
Subsidiaries of the registrant. 
Consent of Ernst & Young LLP. 

Filed/
Furnished 
with this 
Form 10-K 

Incorporated by Reference 

Form 

File No. 

Date Filed 

8-K 

000-26640  07/05/2023 

8-K 

000-26640  10/17/2013 

8-K 

000-26640  10/17/2013 

10-Q 

000-26640  07/30/2014 

8-K 

000-26640  10/28/2014 

8-K 

000-26640  10/20/2015 

8-K 

000-26640  10/20/2015 

8-K 

000-26640  10/31/2016 

8-K 

000-26640  09/01/2017 

8-K 

000-26640  11/29/2017 

8-K 

000-26640  11/02/2018 

8-K 

000-26640  11/04/2019 

8-K 

000-26640  11/04/2021 

8-K 

000-26640  11/04/2022 

8-K 

000-26640  10/17/2013 

8-K 

000-26640 

01/02/2020 

10-Q 

000-26640 

10/28/2021 

8-K 

000-26640 

07/05/2023 

X 
X 
X 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
No. 

Description 

Incorporated by Reference 

Filed/
Furnished 
with this 
Form 10-K 

Form 

File No. 

Date Filed 

31.2 

31.1 

Certification by Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 
Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to 
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 
Certification by Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 
Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to 
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 
Certification by Chief Executive Officer and Chief 
Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, 
as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002. 
97.1 
Pool Corporation Clawback Policy. 
101.INS  +  Inline XBRL Instance Document - the instance  

32.1 

document does not appear in the Interactive Data File 
because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline 
XBRL document 

101.SCH  +  Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document 
101.CAL  +  Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation 

Linkbase Document 

101.DEF  +  Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition 

Linkbase Document 

101.LAB  +  Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase  

Document 

101.PRE  +  Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation 

Linkbase Document 

104 

+  Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted in Inline  

XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101) 

* 

Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement 

X 

X 

X 

X 
X 

X 
X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

+   Attached as Exhibit 101 to this report are the following items formatted in iXBRL (Inline Extensible Business Reporting 

Language): 
1.  Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2023, December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021; 
2.  Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2023, December 31, 2022 and 

December 31, 2021; 

3.  Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022; 
4.  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2023, December 31, 2022 and December 31, 

2021; 

5.  Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2023, December 31, 2022 

and December 31, 2021; and 

6.  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this 
report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized on February 27, 2024. 

SIGNATURES 

POOL CORPORATION 

By: 

/s/ JOHN E. STOKELY 

John E. Stokely, Chairman of the Board 
and Lead Independent Director 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on 
behalf of the registrant in the capacities indicated on February 27, 2024. 

Signature: 

Title: 

/s/ JOHN E. STOKELY 
John E. Stokely 

/s/ PETER D. ARVAN 
Peter D. Arvan 

/s/ MELANIE M. HOUSEY HART 
Melanie M. Housey Hart 

/s/ WALKER F. SAIK 
Walker F. Saik 

/s/ MARTHA S. GERVASI 
Martha S. Gervasi 

/s/ JAMES D. HOPE 
James D. Hope 

/s/ DEBRA S. OLER 
Debra S. Oler 

/s/ MANUEL J. PEREZ DE LA MESA 
Manuel J. Perez de la Mesa 

/s/ CARLOS A. SABATER 
Carlos A. Sabater 

/s/ ROBERT C. SLEDD 
Robert C. Sledd 

/s/ DAVID G. WHALEN 
David G. Whalen 

Chairman of the Board and Lead Independent Director 

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (principal
executive officer)

Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (principal
financial officer)

Chief Accounting Officer and Corporate Controller 
(principal accounting officer) 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
OOUR NETTWOORKKS AND  LOOCCAATIOONS

SHAREHOLDER 
DDER
HSHHAREH
NFORRM IOON 
INFORMATION

FFIC RS 
COOOM AAN
COMPANY  OFFICERS  
OR
AANND DIR
AND  DIRECTORS 
R

NORTH AMERICA

EU ROPE

S EC  F ILINGS / I NVESTOR CON TAC T 

OFFICERS 

10

3

1

1

1

1

1

2

11

5

3

9

1

4

79

30

1

1

1

2

2

1

2

4

59

4

3

6

5

5

2

10

4

1

2

7

10

9

3

2

7

1

1

7

7

10

5

64

2

1

3

2

AUS TRALIA

1

1

3

1

1

8

1

NETWORK

TOTA L SALE S C EN TE R S

1

SCP ®

SUPERIOR ®

HORIZON ®

NPT ®

TOTAL

5

252

74

92

21

439

TTTAAAABBLLEE OF 

CCCOOOONNTTTEENTSSS

Message to Our Shareholders .................................... 1

Financial Highlights  ...................................................... 2

POOL360® 

A Revolution in Tech-Enabled Distribution .............  3

Employer of Choice  ......................................................  4

Pool Corporation 2023 Form 10-K ........................... 5

Shareholder Information,

Company Officers & Directors .... Inside Back Cover

VVVISSSIOONNN 

SSTTAAAATTEMMENT

To be the best worldwide distributor of outdoor lifestyle products 

that include all products relating to swimming pools, irrigation & 

other products that enhance the quality of outdoor home life.

MMMISSSSIOOONN 

SSTTAAAATTEMMENT

To provide exceptional value to our customers and suppliers, 

creating exceptional return for our shareholders while 

providing exceptional opportunities for our employees.

Pool Corporation reports filed with or furnished to the 
Securities and Exchange Commission are available without 
charge to shareholders upon written request. These 
requests and other investor inquiries should be directed 
to Investor Relations at the company's corporate 
address below. 

S H ARE H OLDE RS’  M EE TING 

The Annual Shareholders' Meeting of Pool Corporation will 
be held on Wednesday, May 1, 2024, at 9:00 a.m., Eastern 
Time. This year's Annual Meeting will be a virtual meeting 
via live webcast on the Internet. Shareholders of record as 
of March 14, 2024, will be entitled to vote at this meeting. 

S TO CK  LIS TI NG 

Pool Corporation's common stock is traded on the Nasdaq 
Global Select Market under the symbol POOL. 

COMPAN Y ADDRESS 

POOL CORPORATION 

109 Northpark Boulevard 
Covington, LA  70433-5001 
Phone: 985.892.5521 

www.poolcorp.com 

REGI ST RAR AND TRANS FER AG E NT 

COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY, N.A. 

P.O. Box 43006 
Providence, RI 02940-3006 
Phone: 877.373.6374 

www.computershare.com 

Inquiries regarding stock transfers, lost certificates 
or address changes should be directed to 
Computershare at the above address. 

IN D EP E ND ENT REGIS TE RED 
P UB LIC  ACCOUNTI NG F IRM 

ERNST & YOUNG LLP New Orleans, LA 

OUT SID E  SECURI TI ES  COUNS E L 

JONES WALKER LLP New Orleans, LA 

(1)  Executive Officer 

(6)  Chair, Nominating and 

(2)  Chair, Audit Committee 

(3)  Member, Audit Committee 

Corporate Governance Committee 

(7)  Member, Nominating and 

Corporate Governance Committee 

(4)  Chair, Compensation Committee 

(8)  Chair, Strategic Planning Committee 

(5)  Member, Compensation Committee 

(9)  Member, Strategic Planning Committee 

This annual report contains certain forward-looking statements, as defined by the federal 
securities laws. These forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future results, are 
based on current expectations only and are subject to uncertainties. Actual events and results 
may differ materially from those anticipated by us in those statements due to several factors, 
including those disclosed in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission. 

PETER D. ARVAN (1) 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

MELANIE M. HART (1) 
Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer 

CAROLYNE “KENDALL” K. LARGE 

Vice President, Marketing 

TODD R. MARSHALL 

Vice President and Chief Information Officer 

ILYA "IKE" K. MIHALY (1) 
Vice President, Operations and Supply Chain 

KRISTOPHER R. NEFF (1) 
Vice President, Strategy and Corporate Development 

JENNIFER M. NEIL (1) 
Senior Vice President, Secretary and Chief Legal Officer 

WALKER F. SAIK (1) 
Chief Accounting Officer and Corporate Controller 

KENNETH G. ST. ROMAIN (1) 
Senior Vice President 

LUTHER A. WILLEMS 

Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer 

DONNA K. WILLIAMS 

Vice President, Product Management 

BOARD OF DIRECTORS  

JOHN E. STOKELY 
Chairman of the Board 
Retired, Former President, Chief Executive Officer 
and Chairman of Richfood Holdings, Inc. 

MANUEL J. PEREZ DE LA MESA 
Vice Chairman of the Board 
Retired, Former President and Chief Executive Officer 
of Pool Corporation 

PETER D. ARVAN 

President and Chief Executive Officer 

MARTHA "MARTY" S. GERVASI (4), (9) 
Retired, Former Chief Human Resources Officer 
of The Hartford Financial Services Group 

JAMES "JIM" D. HOPE (2), (7) 
Retired, Former Executive Vice President and Chief 
Financial Officer of Performance Food Group Company 

DEBRA S. OLER (5), (8) 
Retired, Former Senior Vice President/President North 
American Sales and Service of W.W. Grainger, Inc. 

CARLOS A. SABATER (3), (7) 
Retired, Former Senior Global Partner at Deloitte 
& Touche LLP 

ROBERT C. SLEDD (3), (5) 
Retired, Chairman of Owens & Minor, Inc. 

DAVID G. WHALEN (3), (5), (6), (9) 
Retired, Former President and Chief Executive Officer 
of A.T. Cross Company 

E X P E R I E N C E   T H E   D I F F E R E N C E
VALUE  l  RETURN   l   O P P ORTUN I T IE S

T H E   P O O L C O R P   D I F F E R E N C E

202 3   l   AN NUA L  REP ORT

2

0

2

3

l

A

N

N

U

A

L

R

E

P

O

R

T

C R E AT I N G   W AV E S   O F   S U C C E S S 

POOL CORPORATION  l  109 Northpark Boulevard, Covington, LA  70433-5001
Phone: 985. 892 . 5521  l  www.poolcorp.com

@poolcorp

428012_AnnualReport_2023_Cover-Spine_17.25x11_JN_0324.indd   1-3

3/9/24   1:14 AM